Part II March Sanctoral Vol XVI

N 1171
Mar. 12 / 25 - First Vespers of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D.

IN 117

March 12th I 25th

(when this date does not fall on Sunday,

(in which case the following Feast is to be kept on Monday, Mar_13 / 26))

THE PASSING OF OUR FATHER AMONG THE SAINTS, ST. GREGORY THE GREA T,

THE DIALOGIST, POPE OF OLD ROME, B.C.D. (to be observed as a Feast in Copes)

FIRST VESPERS ..

.

The Psalms

I

The 1st Cantor alone begins chanting this Antiphon:

~!Ii :I

•

I ~

Let us rejoice. ~ • l1li =

!Ii • {i sons of the u-niv-er-sal Church;

:I. I :I L;;

• !Ii. .' (

•

•

As the

I

•

•

!Ii •

more es-pec-ial-Iy now let the peo-pl~' of the Eng-lish rejoice, hav-ing been I,

I • ,..--a- !Ii = /

•• ",,..= .... =. i"'~ ,..ij

through bless-ed Greg-or-y con-ver-ted un-to the Lord, whose life and deeds

I fi ... ,., =., = ... ..... II i

shine forth un-to e-ter-nit- y.

N_B_ When this Feast is falls on a Sunday, it is kept on the Monday If kept on a Monday only, First Vespers (i_e., on Sunday Evening) continue as here given, but when First Vespers QJe celebrated on a Monday Evening they continue with the Psalms as given on p . IV 1i9 - N 121, and on a Tuesday Evening with the Psalms as given on p p . N 122 - N 123, and on a Wednesday Evening with the Psalms as given on pp_ N 124 - N 126, and on a Thursday Evening with the Psalms as given on pp . N 126 - N 128, and on a Friday Evening with the Psalms as glven on pp . N 129 - N 130_

Tone 8 I [ ••• ] ••• Psalm 109_-

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the l st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

The Lord said un-to T My Lord: *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the, verse:

"Sit Thou 1 at -My Right Hand,

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side qj_ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the tWQ sides alternating the verses thereafter:

"Until I make Thine i en-em-ies *' the Foot~ l stool of Thy Feet.

"~ sceptre of power shall the Lord send unto Thee out of i Sy-on; * rule Thou in the midst t of Thine en-em-ies.

~ "With Thee is dominion in the day of Thy power, in the splen-dour T of Thy

Saints; * from the womb before the morning star have 1 I be-got-ten Thee."

The Lord hath sworn and will i not re-pentr " "Thou art a Priest for ever, after the order l Of Mel-chis-ed-ek."

The Lord at Thy T Right Hand * hath broken kings in the 1 day of His yvrath. He shall judge among the nations, He shall fill them with dead i bod-ies; * He

shall crush the heads of man- 1 y up-on the Earth.

He shall drink of the brook in T the way; *' therefore shall 1 He lift up His Head. Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the + Son, * and l to the Ho-IyGhdst,

As, it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

*

• ••••••••

J, ~

• •

• •

N 1181

Mar. 12 I 25 - First Vespers of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D.

1 N 118

Tone 8

t l' , A *

I (. • .] ". [.:. ') II.. · 0 • I

J, ,3. . . . ... . .. .'

• • • II ~

Psalm 110:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein}:

I will con-fess Thee, 0 Lord, with my T whole heart *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse.' "-

in' the' -counell of the upright and in the

l con-greg-a-tldn.

And then, onl y the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter: ~

Great are the works [ Of the Lord, * sought out in all the l things that He-hath will'd.

.... Confession and maj-es-ty [ ate His work, * and His righteousness abideth unto

a- t ges of a-ges. /'

He made l'\ remembrance of His won-drous deeds; t Merciful and

Com-pas-sion-ate i is the Lord; * He hath given food to 1 them that fear Him. f

He will be Mindful for ever of His [ Cov-en-ant; * the power of His works ',I

hath He declared un-: l to His peo-ple, I,

That He mav give them the inheritance of the T na-tions; * the works of His

Hands are t Truth ~nd judg-ment. _ /' '

Faithful are all His com-mand-ments, t confirmed unto a-ges of i a-ges, * made in Truth 1 and up-right-ness.

He hath sent redemption un-to His T peo-ple; * He hath enjoined His Cov-en- l ant for ev-er.

, Holy and Ter-rib-le i is His Name; * the fear of the Lord is the be-gin- .), ning

of Wis-dom. .

And all they that foster this have a good un-der- T stand-Ing; * His praise

abideth unto a- .), ges of a-ges. .

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the + Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost. -

As)t was in,rthe beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages-cof

1 a-ges. A-men. -

Psalm 111:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first vas of thd 3rd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Bless-ed is the man that f'ear-eth T the Lord; *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

~ in His commandments shaJI he 1 great-ly

de-light. _

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

His seed shall be migh-ty up- T on the Earth; * th_e generation of the upright

1 shall be bless-ed. , /

Glory and riches shall be [ in his house, * and his righteousness abideth unto

a- t ges of a-ges. _ ~

There hath risenup in darkness a light for the T up-right; * he is merciful and

compassion- J, ate and righ-teous. .

A good man is he that is compassionate and len-deth: t he shall order his words with T judg-ment; * for he shall remain un-sha- 1 ken for ev-er.

Ip eyerlasting remembrance shall the T righ-teous be; * he shall not be afraid of 1 e-vil ti-dings.

His heart is ready to hope in the Lord; t his heart is es- T tab-lish-ed; * he shall not be afraid, until he look down up- 1 on his en-em-ies.

He hath disper-sed, he hath given to the poor, t his righteousness abideth unto a-ges of i a-ges; * his horn shall be ex-alt- 1 ed with glor-Y.

The sinner shall see and !>e ang-er-ed, t h_!) shall gnash with his teeth and T melt a-way; * the desire of the sin- 1 ner shall per-ish.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the + Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As,it was in the beginning, both now and i ev-er, * and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

N 1191


1 N 119

Tone 8

/

_ A

•••••• I ••

.' • • • II ~

Psalm 112.'

The 2nd Cantor plone chants the first half of the first verse of the 4th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Praise the Lord, 0 ye T ser-vants; *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: praise .~e the J, Name of the LO!7d.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side Qj_ the" Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Bless-ed be the Name of T the Lord, * from henceforth J, and for ev-er-more. From the rising, of the Sun unto- the go-ing down i Of the same, * the Name of

the Lord is J,. to be prais-ed. , _

.... High above all the na-tions i is the Lord, * above the Heavens ] is His Glor-Y.

Who is like unto the L9J"d Our God, Who dwell-eth T on High, * and looketh down on things that are lowly, in Heav- J, en and on the Earth?

Who raiseth up the poor man T from the Earth, * and from the dunghill Iifteth I

J, up the pau-per, " ,",I

That He may seat him with T prin-ces, * with the princes J, Of His peo-ple,

Who maketh the barren woman to dwell in T a house * and be a mother

rejoicing J, o-ver chil-dren. -: . I,

Glory be to the Fath-er, and ito-the + Son, * and J, to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both now and i ev-er, * and unto the ages of J, a-ges. A-men.

Then,

I

•

•

•

•

Let us rejoice I ,..

Pta • ;

as the

sons

of the I •

•

•

I

All repeat:

•

,.. .

•

•

more es-pec-ial-Iy now let the peo-ple of the Eng-Iish rejoice, hav-ing been

I~~'~~~~~~~"~:~~~"'~=~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

= • · ,., ,.. I 6. I' i 6,., ,..ij\'

through bless-ed Greg-or-y con-ver-ted un-to

I ... r!I. r-, ;., = ". ...,. 111


Vesper s now continue as given on p. N 131.

Psalms for Vespers on MondaY,Evening

the Lord, whose life and deeds I

Tone 8 I (. • .] Psalm 113:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the l st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein).

When Is-ra-el went out of i E-gypt, * .


and the House of Jacob from among a bar- J, bar-ous peo-ple,

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the versesthereafter: .Iudai-a became His Sanc-tu- i ar-y, * Isra-el J, His do-min-ion.

The sea be-held i and fled; * J, Jor-dan turn-ed bjck.

The moun-tains T sklpp'd like rams, * and the J, hills like lambs of flocks.

What aileth thee, 0 sea, that thou T f'led-dest, * and thou Jordan, that J, thou

didst turn back?, _

Ye mountains, that ye T sklpp'd like rams. * and ye J, hills like lambs of flocks? At the Presence of the Lord the Earth was i sha-ken, * at the Presence of the J, God of Ja-cob,

, t 1', A* L&

• • • (':;' I) •••• • 9 • 1 • • • ••• • • •

~

/

_ A

• •

• • • 111

N 120 I

Mar. 12 I 25 - First Vespers of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D .

IN 120

Tone 8

• • • ••• • • •

•• • • • II ~

Who turneth the rock into pools of T wat-ers, * and the precipice into

f'oun- ~ tains of wat-ers.

Not unto us, O-Lord, not l' un-to US, * but unto Thy ~ Name give glor-Y.,

For Thy mer-cy T and Thy Truth * lest haply the heathen say: ~ "Where is Their GOO?" But Our God is in Heav-en l' and on Earth; * all things soever He ~ hath wlll'd,

He hath done. '"

The idols of the nations are of sil-ver t and, go\d, ~ the works ~ of"'th~ hands of men. They have a mouth, but T shall not speak; * eyes have they, ~ and shall not see. Ears have they, and l' shall not hear; * noses have they, ~ and shall not smell. Hands they have, and shall not, feel; t feet have they, and T shall not

walk; * they shall make ~ no sound in their throat. <

Let those 'that make them be-come like l' un-to them, * and all that ~ put their

.... trust in them. < <

The House of Isra-el" hath ho-ped T in the Lord; * Their Helper and De- 1 fen-der is He.

The House of De- 1 fen-der is He ..

They that fear the Lord have ho-ped

De- ~ fen-der is He. ~

The Lord, Being Mind-ful l' Of)rs * ~ (') hath bless-ed us. He hath bless-ed the House of l' Is-ra-el; * He hath bless-ed the 1 House of Aar-on. He hath bless-ed themthat i fear the Lord, * the J Ht-tle, with the great.

The Lord grant you l' in-crease * to you and ~ to your chil-dren.

Ye are bless-ed T of the Lord * Who made ~ Heav-en and the Earth.

The Heaven of Heaven be-Iong-eth l' to the Lord,:I< but the Earth He gave

un- ~ to the sons of men. .

Not the dead shall praise Thee, l' 6 Lord, *.nor any that go ~ down to Ha-des. But we the Iiv-ing will l' bless the Lord,:I< from henceforth ~ and for ev-er-more.

Glory be (0 Ui~ Fath-er, and l' to the It Son, * and ~ to the Ho-ly Ghost. "

As, it was in the beginning, both now and l' ev-er, :I< and unto the ages of ~ a-ges. A-men.

Aaron hath ho-ped r in the Lord;:I< Their Helper and <

~.

l' in the Lord; * Their Helper and

/,

Psalm 114:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

I am fill-ed with love, for the l' Lord will hear *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire completes the verse:

the voice of my ~ sup-plic-a-tion.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), th.§ two sides alternating the verses thereafter

A For He hath in-eli-ned His Ear l' un-to me, * and, in my days will I ~ call up-on

Him. -

The pangs of death have en- l' com-pass'd me;:I< the perils of Ha- ~ des have found mf,

Tribulation and sor-row T have I found, '" -and I called upon the ~ Name of the Lord.

o Lord, deliver my soul; t Merciful is the Lord and l' Righ-teous, * and Our

1 God hath mer-cY. ,

The Lord pre-ser-veth the T in-fants; :I< I was brought low ~ and He sa-ved me.

, Return, 0 my soul, un- l' to thy rest; * for the Lord hath dealt bounti- ~ ful-ly

with thee.

For He, hath delivered my soul from death, t mine eyes T from tears, '" and my

~ feet from sli-ding. , A

I will be well-pleas-ing be- l' fore the Lord'" in the land 1 of the liv-Ing. Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the It Son, :I< and ~ to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of ~ a-ges. A-men.

N 1211


1 N 121

Tone 8

; - ...

• • • ••• • I •

.' . . . ,,~

Psalms 115 and 116_-

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the combining of the 3rd and 4th Psalms J using this same Tone J including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

I be-Iiev-ed, where-fore i I spake; *' -

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse: ... _

I was ham- J; bled ex-ceed-Ing-ly,

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation; notes), the two sides alternating the verses therea/ter_-

As for me, I said in mine T ec-sta-sy: *' "Every man t is a Ii-ar.'

What shall I ren-der un- T to the LOrd, *' for all that He hath ren- J der-ed un-to me?

.... I will lake the Cup of sal- T va-tlon, *' and I will call upon the J Name of the Lord.

My vows unto the Lord will I pay in the .presence of all His

T peo-ple; * precious in the Siglli: of the Lord is the t death of His Saints. ~

o Lord, I am Thy T ser-vant; * I am Thy servant and the son J of Thyhand-maid. Thou hast broken my bonds as-un-der; t I will sacrifice a sacri-fice of praise I

i un-to Thee, * and J will call upon the J Name of the Lord. ;

My vows unto the Lord will I pay in the presence of all His T peo-ple; * in the I Courts of the House of the Lord), in the midst of thee, L 0 Jer-u-sa-lem.

o praise the Lord, all ye I na-tiii....s; * praise Him, t all ye peo-ples.

For He hath made His mercy to pre-vail i o-ver us, * and the Truth of the Lord a-bl- J deth for ev-er.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the + Son, * and J to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of L a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 128:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 5th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

"Man-y a. ti"lb have they warred a-gainst me T from my youth," "


let Is- L ra-el now say,

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side et. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omittin~ the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the' verses thereafter:

'Many a_ time have they warred a-gainst me i from my youth, *' and yet they

have not pre-vail- t ed a-gainst me. ,

"The sinners wrought up- i on my back; *' they lengthened out ~ their in-i-quit-Y. "The Lord is Righteous; He hath cut asunder the necks of T sin-ners; * let them be put to shame and turned back, all they 1 that hate Sy-on.

'~Let them be as the grass up-on the i house-tops *' which before it is plucked up is with- 1 er-ed a-way. _

"Wherefore the reaper f'ill-eth i not his hand, ;;: nor he that gathereth 1 sheaves his bOs-Om. "Nor have they that passed by said: 'The blessing of the Lord come up- i on you; * we have blessed you in the 1 Name of the Lord.' ;:

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the + Son, * arid J to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

Then, • " • • • • '" ~ "'" p. • II

All repeat: Let us rejoice as the sons of the u-niv-er-sal Church;

•"=,, . • .•

" . ; ,... .' ,.. .

•

•

•

more es-pec-ial-ly now let the peo-ple

I "'.....-

of the Eng-lish re-joice, hav-ing been

•

•

....

•


I fi rA. 1\ ••• ~ rA. ,..,.. 111


Vespers now continue as given on p . N 131_

N 1221

Mar. 12 / 25 - First Vespers of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D.

IN 122

Tone 8 I [. • .) Psalm 129:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the l st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Out of the depths have 1 cried un-to T Thee, 0 Lord; *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire .c0:np~etes the ~erse:'" # 1 0 Lord, hear my VOIce.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the twp sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Let Thine Ears be At- r ten-t! Ve'* to the, voice of my_ 1 sup-pllc-a-tidn.

If Thou sfiouldest mark in-i-quit-ies, T 0 Lord; * 1 0 Lord, who shall stand?

.... For with Thee there is for ..... T give-ness, * for Thy Name's sake have I patiently

waited 1 for Thee, 0 Lord. /

My soul hath waited pa-tient-ly T for Thy ~ord; * my soul 1 hath hoped in the Lord. I From the morning watch un- T til night, * from the morning watch let,l

Isra- 1 el hope in the' Lord. I.

For with the Lord there is r mer-cy, * and with Him is plent-e- 1 ous

d' t·... »< I'

re- emp- Ion. ,/- 'A

And He shall re-deem T Is-ra-el * out of all 1 his in-i-quit-ies.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the + Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both now and r ev-er, * and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

Psalms for Vespers on Tuesday Evening

,t r • ,,* L~

I I I [I a I I] I I I I I ell I I I I I I I I I

I I

I • • 111

Psalm 130:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

o Lord, my Iwart is not ex- l' al-ted *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse:

nor are mine eyes 1 be-come IOf-ty.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire, chants the, entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the ,two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Nor have 1 walk-ed in T things too great, * or too mar- 1 vel-lous for me. If I were not hum-ble- l' mind-ed, * but ex- 1 alt-ed my soul"

As one wean'd from his T moth-er, * so wouldst IThou re-qujte my soul. Let Isra-el hope l' in the Lord * from henceforth 1 and for ev-er-more. Glory be to the Fath-er, and l' to the + Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.


Psalm 131: ....

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Re-mem-ber, 0 Lord, T Da-vid, *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: and 1 all his meek-ness.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes). the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

How he made an oath un- T to the Lord, * and vowed unto the 1 God of Ja-cob:

"I shall not go into the dwell-ing of T my house; * I shall not ascend upon the

1 bed of my couch" ~

"I shall not give sleep to T mine eyes, ~ nor slumber 1 to mine eye-lids,

"Nor rest to mv tern-pies, t until I find a Place T for the Lord, * a Habitation

for the 1 God of Ja-c6b." _ ,

Lo, we have heard of it in T Eph-rath-a; * we have found it in 1 the plains Of the wood.

N 1231


1 N 123

T l' ... A * -l. ~

Tone 8 I [. • .] ••• [.:. 1].... · 0 • I • • • ••• • • •

Let us go forth into His Tab-er- T nac-les: :« let us worship at the Place J, where

His Feet have stood. - -

Arise, 0 Lord, in-to T Thy rest, * Thouand the Ark J._ of Thy ho-li-nes_§.

Thy, Priests shall be cloth-ed with T right-eous-ness, :« and Thy J._ righ-teous

shall re- jo ice. ". "'-

, For the sake of Da-vid Thy T ser-vant, ~~ turn not Thy Face away from J._ Thine an-oin-ted one.

The Lord hath sworn in Truth unto David, and He will not an- T mil it: * "Of

the fruit of thy loins will I J._ set up-on thythrdne, _

"If thy sops keep My T Cov-en~nt, :« and these testimonies which J, -I will teach ,them,

.-

.-- A

• •

• •

• II ~

"Their sons, Tal-so, :« shall sit for J, ev-er on thy throne.

"For the Lord hath /e-Iec-ted T Sy-on; :« He hath chosen her to be a

habit- J, a-tion for Him-self. _ - I

"This is My rest for ev-er and T ev-er; ;;; here will 1 dwell, for J._ I have cho-sen ',I

h~. ~

"Blessing, i will bless l' her pur-suitr.« her beggars will 1 1 sat-is-fy with bread. '~Her Priests will I clothe witli sal- T va-tlon, * and her Saints with

re- J, joic-ing shall re-joice. /- A

"There will J make to spring forth a horn for l' Da-vi d, * I have prepared a J._ lamp for My Christ. _

"His enemies will I T clothe with shame,:« but upon Him shall My sanctlf'ic- 1 a-tion f'loti-rjsh."

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the I{oI Son, * and J, to the Ho-Iy Ghost.

As / it was in the beginning, both now and l' ev-er, * and unto the ages of J._ a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 132: ..... "

. '"

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 4th Psalms;

using the same Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein).

Be-hold now, what is so good or so T joy-oils *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: I

as for brethren to dwell to-geth- J, er in u-nit-y?

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Qj_the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter.'

It is like the oil of myrrh up- T on the head, * which runneth down upon the beard,

upon the 1 beard of Aar-on, _ /

Which runneth down to the fringe of his T rai-ment; * it is like the dew of Aerrnon,

which cometh down upon the moim- J._ tains of Sy-on.:_ _

For there the Lord com-man-ded the T bless-ing: * 1 "Life for ev-er-more." Glory be to the Fath-er, and l' to the I{oI Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er;* and unto the ages of J._ a-ges.

, A

A-men.

Then, ; ,.. ; •
All repeat: Let us rejoice
I ,.. I ,..
• ,.. I
• • • I •

as the

sons

of the

•

•

•

,.. .

•

more es-pec-ial-Iy now let the peo-ple of the Eng-lish rejoice, hav-ing been • iliA

•

•

•


I ... ... ,., I.. = ... IQI. II ~


Vespers now continue as given on p . N 131.

N 1241


1 N 124

Psalms for Vespers on Wednesdav Evening

Tone 8 ~lj[~'~'~·3]~·§··~E[§·~:~.~T§,]~.~.~.~.~f~j~G~·~~Ii~·~·~·~·§·§'~'~'~'~~~:~'~~~'~:~1~11

Psalm 134:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the I st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein).' Praise ye the NamS of T the Lord; *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes theverse: "' .• o ye t ser-vants, praise the Lord.


{omitting the intonation notes}, the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Ye that stand in the House of i the Lord, * in the Courts of the 1 House of, Our God, Pralse'ye the Lord, for the T Lord is Good; * chant unto His t Name, for It is Ggod. For the Lord hath chosen' Ja-cob un- i to Him-self, * Isra-el for His 1 Own

pos-ses-skin. /'

For I know that the r Lord is Great, * and that Our Lord t is a-bove all gods. f All that the Lord hath willed He hath done, in Heav-en and T on the Earth, * in 'I

the seas and in all t the ab-Ys-ses. '"

Bringing clouds up from the utter-most parts T Of the Earth; * lightnings for

1 the rain hath He made. -: ' I

He bringeth winds out of His i treas-u-ri es; * He smote the firstborn of Egypt,

1 from man un-to beast. ,

He sent forth signs and marvels in the midst of thee, 0 T E-gypt, * on Pharaoh and on 1 all his ser-vants.

He smote man-y T na-tiOns- * t and slew might-y kings.

_ Seon, king of the Amorites, and Og, king of the land of i Ba-~an * and all the

king- 1 doms of Ca-na-an.

And He gave their land for an in- T her-It-ance, * an inheritance for Is-ra- 1 el His peo-ple.

o Lord, Thy ~ame en-dur-eth for i ev-er, * and Thy memorial unto generatlon and 1 gen-er-a-tlon,"

For the Lord will judge His T peo-ple, * and because of His servants shall 1 He

be Com-for-ted.

The idols of the nations are of sil-ver i and gold, * the works t of 'the hands of men. They have a mouth but shall T not speak; * eyes have 1 they and shall not see. Ears have they and shall i not hear; * nor is there an- 1 y breath in their mouth. Let those that make them be-come like T un-to' them, * and all they that 1 put

their trust in them.

o House of Isra-el, bless i ye the Lord; * 0 House of Aar-l on, bless ye the Lord.

o House of Le-vi, bless T ye the Lord; * ye that fear thel Lord, bless ye the Lord. Bless-ed is the Lord out of i Sy-on, * Who dwelleth 1 in Jer-u-sal-em.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the" Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of

1 a-ges. A-men. '

Psalm 135:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein}: o give thanks unto the Lord, for T He is Good, *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire completes the verse:

for His mercy en-dirr- 1 eth for ev-er.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse

{omitting the intonation notes}, the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

o give thanks un-to the T God of gods, * for His mercy en-dur- 1 eth for ev-er.

o give thanks un-to the T Lord of lords, * for His mercy en-dur- t eth for ev-er. To Him Who alone hath wrought great T won-ders, * for His mercy

en-dur- 1 eth for ev-er. ~

To Him That made the Heavens with un-der- r stand-ing, * for His mercy en-dur- 1 for ev-er.

N 1251


1 N 125

T 1' ...... * J, {-

Tone 8 I [ ••• ] .11 [.:. 1]"" i 0 • I • • • II. · .. .'

"

_ A

. . . ,,~

To Him That established the Earth up-on the T wa-ters * for His mercy en-dur- 1 eth for ev-er.

To Him Who -A-lone hath T made great lights, * for His mercy en-dar- 1 eth for ev-er.

The Sun for do-min-ion i Of the day, ~ for His mercy en-dur- 1 eth for ev-er. The Moon and the stars for do-min-ion i of the night,,,,-* Jor His mercy

en-dur- J, eth for ev-er.' ~ .

To Him That smote Egypt with their T first-born, * for His mercy en-dur- J, eth for ev-er.

With a Strong Hand and a T LOf7ty A~m, * for His mercy en-dur- J, eth for ev-er. , ,!,o Him "that divided the Re~ Sea T in-to parts, * for His mercy en-dur- 1 eth "" for ev-er.

And led Isra-el through the f midst there-of, * for His mercy en-dur- J, eth for ev-er. And overthrew Pharaoh and his host in the T Red Sea, * for His mercy

en-dur- J, eth for ev-er. r

To Him That led His people through 'the i wil-der-ness, * for His mercy )1

en-dur- J, eth for ev--er.

To Him That) smotegreat kings, ~for His mercy en-dur- 1 eth for ev-er. And slew i might-y kings, *~f0t:_His mercy en-dur- 1 eth for ev-er.

Seon, King of the i Am-or-Ites, * for His mercy en-dur- J, eth for ev-er.

And Og, King of the land of i Bas-an, * for His mercy en-dfir- J, eth for ev-er. And gave their land for an in- T her-It-ance, * for His mercy en-dur- J, eth for ev-er. An inheritance for Isra-el His T ser-vant, * for His mercy en-dar- 1 eth for ev-er. For in our humiliation the Lord re- i mern-ber'd us, * for His mercy

en-dur- J, eth for ev-er.

And redeemed us from our T en-em-ies, * for His mercy en-dur- 1 eth for ev-er. He That giveth food to T all flesh, * for His' mercy en-dur- 1 eth for ev-er.

o give thanks unto the God of i Heav-en, * for His mercy en-dur- 1 eth for ev-er.

Glory be to thl:: Fath-er, and i to the + Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost. '

As, it was in the beginning, both now and i ev-er, * and unto the ages of'

1 a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 136:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets

therein): -

By the wa-ters of Babylon, there we sat down T and we wept.:"

T hen I only the 1 st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

when we re-rnem- 1 ber-ed Sy-on.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes) I the t)'Vo sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Upon the willows in the T midst there-of ~ did wt;.,l hang our in-stru-ments.

For there, they that had ta-ken us r cap-t! ve * as-ked 1 US for words of song. And they that had led us away as-ked us for a hymn, T say-ing: * "Sing us one

of the 1 songs of SY-O!1." _

How shall we sing the i Lord's song- * J, in a strange land?

If I forget thee, 0 Jer- T u-sa-lem * let my right hand 1 be for-got-ten, Let my tongue cleave to i my throat * if I re- 1 mem-ber thee not,

If I set not Jerusalem a-bove all i ,oth-er * as at J, the head of my joy. Remember, 0 Lord, the sons of T E-dom * in the day 1 of Jer-u-sa-lem,

Who said: "Lay waste, lay T waste to her, * even to the foun-l da-tlons there-of." o daughter of Babyl-on, thou i wretch-ed one; * bless-ed shall he be who shall

reward thee wherewith thou 1 hast re-ward-ed us. _ ,

Bless-ed shall he be i who shall seize, * and dash thine in- 1 fants a-gainst the rock. Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the + Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.


N 1261

Mar. 12 I 25 - First Vespers of st. Gregory the Great, B.C.D.

1 N 126

Tone 8

T 1', ~* J,~

I [, ' ,] '" (,:, 1]"" 'c' I ' , , '" I " "

, , , II ~

Psalm 137:


I will con-fess Thee, 0 Lord, with my T whole heart, *


., for Thou hast heard all the 1 words of my mouth.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side. Qj_~the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Before angel~ will I chant l' un-to Thee; * I will worship towards Thy Holy Temple 1 and con-fess Thy Name.

"_ For Thy "mer-cy-;, and T for Thy Truth; * for Thou hast magnified Thy Holy

Name 1 a-bove aU that IS. '

, In whatsoever day I call.upon Theel quickly heark-en l' un-to me; * Thou shalt

abundantly en-dow 1 my soul 'Y-ith Thy strength.

Let _all the kings of }he Earth, 0 Lord, con- T f'ess Thee; * for they have heard

all the t words of Thy Mouth. I

And let them sing in the ways i Of the Lotd, * for great is the L GlOr-y Of the Lord. )l For the Lord is E~alted, yet on lowly things He T look-eth: * and things haughty ,

He 1 know-eth from a-far. ,

Though I should walk in the. 'midst of affliction, Thou shalt qulck-en me; t against the, wrath of mlne-renemies hast Thou stretch-ed T forth Thv Hands, * and Thy Right 1 Hand hath sa-ved me."

The Lord shall give recompense in my be-half; t 0 Lord, Thy mercy

en-diir-eth for i ev-er; * disdain not 1 the work Of Thy Hands.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the III Son, * and .1. to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and i ev-er, * and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

Then, = ,.. ~ , = 'III ~ !Ii !Ii, /' I ' I i


I, ",..1",'" !Ii , =,.., ,= , !Ii, I" :~

I

more es-pec-ial-Iy now let the peo-ple of the Eng-lish re-joice, hav-ing been

, ",fi !Ii~

, ,

6,

"

i' 6

through bless-ed Greg-or-y con-ver-ted un-to the Lord, whose life and deeds I fi ... ,., ; •• ~ ... ,.., II~

Tone 8 I [, ' ') Psalm 138_' vv. 1 - 9:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the lst portion of the lst Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein): o Lord, Thou hast prov-ed me and Thou i know-est me; *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: , ~

Thou knowest my down-sitting and 1 mine up-ri-sing.


Thou hast dis-cern'd my thoughts T from a-far; * my path and my lot 1 hast

Thou tra-ced out, _" .

And hast fore-seen i all my ways, * for there is 1. no _guile in my tongue.

Behold, Lord, Thou knowest all things, the last i and the first; * Thou hast

fashioned me and hast laid Thy 1 Hand up-on me. A

Thy knowledge is too won-der-ful t for me; * it is mighty; I can-not Jat-tain lin-to it. Whither shall I go from Thy i Spir-it, * and from Thy Pres-ence 1 whith-er shall I flee?


Vespers now continue as given on p . N 131_

Psalms for Vespers on Thursday Evening

, T l' * J, ~

, " [' G , I) "" • c ~ I ' , ,I!" 'i' , " "

, ,

N 1271


1 N 127

Tone 8 I [I I ,]", [': I T,] III I r i , ; i I • I .. I I I I ' : I ~ : II ~

If I go up into Heav-en, 1 Thou art there; * if I go down into Ha-des, 1 Thou art Pres-ent there. -

If I take up my wings 1 toward the dawn, * and make mine abode in the

ut-ter- 1 most parts of the sea" _ .

Even there shall Thy Hand 1 guide: me, * and Thy Right 1 Hapi'd shall hold me. Glory be to the Fath-er, and 1 to the' + Sfm, * and J, to the Ho-lyl Ghost. ,

As it was in the beginning, both now and 1 ev-er, * and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 138, VV, 10 - 23 ,/

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd portion of the lst Psalm, ~ using the sa';;e Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

And I said: "Surely dark-ness shall 1 tread me down, *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire completes the verse; A

and the night shall be turned in-to 1 Light in my de-light. f ,A?d then_, only, the 1st Cantor's ~ide ei. 'the _Quire chants the entire next verse ;1

Iomitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter: !

For darkness will not be darkness with Thee, t and night shall be bright 1 as

the day; * as is the darkness thereof, even ~o shall 1 the Light there-of btL '

For Thou hast pos-sess-ed my /1 reins, 0 Lord; * Thou hast holpen me 1 from my moth-er's womb.

I will confess Thee, for awesomely art thou won-drous; t mar-vel-lous i are Thy works, * and my soul know- 1 eth it right well.

My bone is not hid from Thee, which Thou ma-dest in T se-cret; * nor my

substance in the neth-er- 1 most parts Of the Earth., .

My being while it was still unformed Thine Eyes did see, t and in Thy book shall all men be T writ-ten; * day by day they are formed, when as yeJ 1 there be none of them.

But to me, exceedingly honourable are Thy 1 friends, 0 Lord; * their

principalities areI Ili~de ex-ceed-ing strong. _

I wi]] count them, and they shall be multi-pli-ed more 1 than the sand; * I, awoke and I 1 am still with Thee.

Surely Thou wilt slay the sin-ners, 1 6 yod; * ye men of '1 blood, de-part from me. , F9r Thou wilt say con-cern-ing 1 their thoughts *' that in vail. shall they 1 take Thy cit-ies.

As for them that hate, Thee, 0 Lord, have I not 1 ha-ted them; * and because of

Thine enemies have 1 I not pined a-way? . ,

With perfect hatred have I 1 ha-ted them; * they are reckon'd 1 en-em-ies with me. Prove me, 0 God, and 1 know my heart; * exam-ine 1 me and know my paths. And §ee if the way of in-i-quit-y 1 be in me * and guide me in the way

1 ev-er-Iast-Ing,

Glory be to the Fath-er, and 1 to the + Son, * and J, to the Ho-ly Ghost. ,


~

Psalm 139:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein), Res-cue me, 0 Lord, from the 1 e-vil man; *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire completes the verse;'

from the unjust J, man de-liv-er me;

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Who have devised in-jus-tice 1 in their heart; * all the day long have they ar-ray- J, ed them-selves for wars.

They have whetted their tongue like that of a 1 ser-pent; * the venom of asps is

1 un-der their Ii ps. ,

Keep me, 0 Lord, from the hand of the 1 sin-ner; * rescue J, me from un-just men, Who have devised to un-der- 1 mine my steps; * the proud have 1 hid a snare for me. And with cords have thev spread a snare i for my feet; * stumbling-blocks near

the paths J, have they set for mi.

N 1281


1 N 128

Tone 8 I [, ' ')111 [-: ,1-,)", , tic; i ' , , III , , , ' : ' ~ : Ilj

I said unto the Lord: "Thou I art My God; * give ear, 0 Lord, unto the voice of my 1 sup-pllc-a-tidn,

Lord, 0 Lord, Thou Strength of my sal- I va-tion, * Thou hast overshadowed

my head in the 1 day of bat-tie. .

Because of my, desire, 0 Lord, give me not up unto the sin-ner; t they have taken coun-sel a- T gainst me; * forsake me not, lest they should 1 b~ex;-alt-ed.

As for the head of those that en-T cir-cle.me, :l< the mischief of their 1 lips shall cov-er them. Coals shall fall up-on them; t in fire shalt Thou T cast them down, * and they shall not stand 1 in af-flie-tiOns.

A babbling man shall not prosj>er, T on the Earth; * evils shall hunt an unjust

man to 1 his des-truc-tion. _ .

I know tliat the Lord will main-tain the cause T Of the poor, * and the justice

.... 1 Of the pau-pers. .

Surely tAhe righteous Shall con- l' f'ess Thy Name, * and the upright shall dwell 1 in Thv Pres-ence.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and l' to the + Son, * and 1 to the Ho-Iy Ghost. ,I; As it was in th,: beginning, both now and I ev-er, * and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men. /'

Psalm 140_-

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the irtst half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm', using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Lord, I have cri-ed unto Thee, heark-en T un-to me; *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse:

attend to the voiee of my supplication when 1 I cry un-to Thee.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereaf ter:

Let my prayer be set forth as in-cense be- T fore Thee, * the lifting up of my hands as an 1 eve-ning sac-rif-ice.

Set, 0 Lord.aa watch be- I fore my mouth * and a door of enclosure 1 round

a-bout my lips.' " ~. , ~ .

Incline not my heart unto words of T e-vil * to make excuse with ex- 1 cii-ses in sins, With men that work in- T i-qult-y; * and I will not join 1 with their cho-sen. The righteous man will chasten me with mercy and re- l' provie me; * as for the

oil of the sinner, let it 1 not a-noint my head.

For yet more is my praver in the presence Of their I pleas-fires; * swallowed up near by the rock 1 have their jOdg-es been.

They sh3111 hear Amy words, for they be T sweet-en-ed; * as a clod of earth is

bro- 1 ken up-on the Earth, ?

So have their bones been scattered nigh unto Ha-des; t for unto Thee, 0 Lord, o Lord, T are mine eves; * in Thee have I hoped; take l: not my soul a-way.

Keep me from the snare which, they have T laid for me, * and from the

stumbling-blocks of them that 1 work in-i-quit-y.

The sinners shall fall in-to their T own net; * I am alone iin- 1 til I pass by. Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the + Son, * and. 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost. ,


Then, :I ptji I • :I .,.. ~ iii,...,. I • I'


I., ,,..1"',...:1,... ,I' P'i •• ' I

more es-pec-ial-ly now let the peo-ple of the Eng-lish rejoice, hav-ing been

, III-rr

•

•

....

•

...


I :fi ~ ~ :I., ~ ~ .... 111

shine forth un-to e-ter-nlt- y.

Vespers now continue as given on p. N 131.

N 1291


1 N 129

Psalms for Vespers on Friday Evening

Tone 8 ~1][~.~·~·3]~·~·~·~(~·~:~·~t3')E·~·~·~·~f~j~-~~~i~·~·~·~·~·~'~'~'~'~~~:~'~~~I~:~~II~

Psalm 141:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 1st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

With my voice unto the Lord haveI T cri-ed; * ~

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quir"z completes the verse: ~

with my voice unto the Lord have I made

1 sup-plic-a-tion.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter __

I wi] l- pour out before Him my sup-plic- T a-rion; '"' mine affliction be-fore

.... 1 Him will I de-clare. -

When my spirit was faI!ft-ing with- T in me, * then Thou 1 knew-est my paths.

In this way where-in T I have walk'd, '"' they 1 hid for me a snare. I I looked upon my right hand, i and be-held; * and there was none 1 that did "/

know me. I

Flight have T fail-ed me; * and there is !_lone that watcheth J, out for my soul.

I have cried unto Thee} 0ALord/;- f I said: "Thou i art My Hope; * My Portion

art Thou in the hind 1 of the liv-ing.

Attend unto my sup-plic- T a-tlon, * for i 1 am brought ver-y Idw. ~

Deliver me from them that per-sec- i tite me, * for they are 1 strong-er than I. Bring my soul out of prison that I may con- i f'ess Thy Name; * the righteous

shall wait patiently for me until Thou l' shalt re-ward me. .

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the III Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and l' ev-er, * and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 143: vv. 1 - 9

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the lst portion of the 2nd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set Ojf brackets therein).

Bless-ed is the T Lord My God, *


Who teacheth - my hands for battle and my

1 fing-ers for war.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes). the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

My Mercy and My i Ref-uge, '"' My Helper and J, My De-liv-er-er,

My Defender is He, and in Him T have I hoped, * Who subjected my 1 peo-ple

un-der me. "

° Lord, what is man, that Thou art Made Known i un-to him, * or the Son of Man, that Thou ta- 1 kest ac-count of Him?

Man is like un-to i van-it-y; * his days like a 1 sha-dow pass a-way.

o Lord, bow down the Heav-ens and l' come down; * touch the moun- J, tains, and they shall smoke.

Flash forth lightning, and Thou shalt l' scat-ter them; * send forth Thine arrows, and J, Thou shalt troub-le them.

Send forth Thy Hand from on high; t rescue and deliver me from man-y T wat-ers, * from the hand of the 1 sons of al-i-ens,

Whose mouth hath spo-ken i van-it-y ,* and their right hand is the right hand 1 of un-righ-teous-ness.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the III Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.


N 130 I


IN 130

J., .z.. . . . ... . .. .'

,

_ A

• • • III

Psalm 143: VV. 10 - 18

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd portion of the 2nd Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein): o God, a new- song shall I sing i un-to Thee; *


with the psaltery of ten strings shall .], I chant un-to Thee, And then, only the" 1st Cantor's si.de ei. the Quire chants thl!; entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides; alternating the verses thereafter:

Who givest sal-va-tion i un-to kings, * Who redeem est David Thy servant

from the evil .], sword; de-liv-er me, ,

And rescue me from the hand of the sons of al-i-ens, t whose mouth hath spo-ken i van-it-y; * and their right hand 'is the right hand 1 oj un-righ-teous-ness, Whos,e sons are like i new Bla,nts, * strongly 1 plant-ed in their youth,

"'" Their daughters pret-tlf'- 1 i-ed, * and lavishly adorned like un- 1 to a Tern-pie.

Their gar-ners i are mu., * bursting forth with all 1 man-ner Of store.

T_!Ieir ~heep are abundant in young, multiplying in their i gate-ways - * their,

lox-en are fat. , I

There is no breach of wall, nor an-y i pass-age, * nor any lout-cry in their streets. ;1 They have called the ,.,people bless-ed which i far-eth thus, * but bless-ed is the!

people 1 whose God is the Lord. '

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the + Son, * and I to the Ho-ly Ghost., /'

As it was in the beginning, both noW and i ev-er, * and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 144: vv. 1 - 9:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 1st portion of the 3rd Psalm, using this Tone, jncluding the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein}:

I will ex-a It Thee, 0 My T God, My King; *


and I will bless Thy Name for ever, yea, for ev-l er and ev~r.


(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter: "-

Every /da~ w~ii I T bless Thee, * and I will praise Thy Name for ever, yea, for,

ev- 1 er and ev-er. ~

, GreaJ is the Lord and ex-ceed-ing-ly T to be Praised, ,* and of His great- 1 ness

there is no end. , , I

Generation and gener-a-tion shall l' praise Thy works, * and Thy pow- 1 er shall they de-clare.

Of the Majes..,ty o! the Glory of Thy Ho-lin-ess l' shall they speak, * and they shall tell .], of Thy won-ders.

And the power of Thine awesome deeds shall T they re-Iate, *, and they shall tell t of Thy Maj-es-tY.

The memory of the multitude of Thy good-nessshall l' they pour forth, * and in

Thy righteous- L ness shall they rejoice.

Compassionate and Mer-ci-ful i is the LOrd, * Long-Suffering and Plent-e- 1 ous in mer-cy, The Lord is T Good to all, * and His compassions are .l o-ver all His works. Glory be to the Fath-er, and l' to the + Son, * and ] to the Ho-ly Ghost.


Then} ~ ,.. I • ~ • III = !Ii,... pl' I ,


I. • !Ii I ,.. ,.. • ; I.,.... I~

-. - - ,...' .


• 1IIn-

•

•

....

I

•


I ,. ... ~ ~.. = ... iiOIII' II ~


N 1311


1 N 131

The Chapter

The Hebdomadarv alone chants the following Chapter (Ecclus . 39: 6,9):

The righteous will give his heart to resort early to the Lord that made him, t and will pray before the Most High; * he shall pour out wise sentences, I • '.; II ~

and give thanks unto the Lord in his prayer. All respond: ~. Thanks be to God.

. ~

The Responsory

The 1st C antor ~1E';::~'==-;=~.:::;=;::::::;J,.i;::~= ==iA~~= =~. 5 •

alone chants:

•

On ac-count of the un-bear-a-ble.

All

• •

1 " ;,.. •
I
Cares of world-lv
"
; hili ~ iii r\I
to un - der-take. -: the things

Ro - mans.

iii But

~. ,.. ~ . o-ver-come by the

•

•

fit the

= J\!.
he was /
',I
J,
I ".'. ij
of the /1
~'. .,..1
ij
peo - pie respond:

re-fu-sing

1 /i~ ~·,"'fIt

Prel - a-cy

prayer

of

1 fit •

•

i1 ., •• r\I •

. ~ .

II ~

he took up-on him - self the yoke of the Lord.

The Hebdomadary 1 . .,.;. I • iii = ; . ,. ,.. I

alone chants: ,-. Nor did he do e-vil un-to his neigh-bor,

•

; ,,~ did he

nor

•

I •

".'. • iii' ~ • ~ •• ~ ,.. II

All 1 iii ~ • , .. ~
respond: But o-ver-come by
1 fit • • i1 ., •• r\I • • ~ • ~ .. ~ • •
the prayer
,.. II ~
Lord.
fit ~.1 = • I

!Ii the

of

peo-ple

he took up-on him - self the yoke of the I I

•

The Hebdomadar-y.1 ill' I •• ••
alone chants:'-. Glor - y
1 "r\I M ~~. .. ~ .. ~,..
. ,
to the Ho - Iy Ghost. be to the Fath-er, and to the Son, '" and

All 1 iii ~ • , .. ~ • •
respond: But o-ver-come by the prayer
1 i1 .,+. r\I • ~ ~ .. ~ ,.. 111
fit • • • •
he took up-on him - self the yoke of the Lord. •

fit the

of

peo-ple

The Hymn

N 1321 Mar. 12 / 25 - First Vespers of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D. 1 N 132
~ • • • •
• l1li,.. • • • •
III
The 1st Cantor alone chants the intonation:
1. This the Con - fes - sor
The 1st Cantor's side only completes line 1." --. Of the Lord whose tri - umph 1.--.
The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 2.-
2. Saint - Iy and pru - dent,
4 Mod - est in be - ha - viour, 2.4
..,
The 1st Cantor's side only chants line 3· '"
3. Sick ones of old time
--. To his tomb re - sort - ing, 3.--.
The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line ~.-
4. Whence "we .. in chor us
"0\0, 4 Glad - Iy do him hon - our, 4.4
All chant line 5.- /
5. His be the Glor - y,
I
4 Pow' - er, and sal - va - tion, 5.4 .,
~ • • ~ .. 1 • I
• • I • • • •
• •
1. Now all the faith - f'ul "
4 Cel - eb - rate with glad - ness 1.4
2. Peace - ful and so - ber,
4 Chaste was he, and low - Iy, 2.4
3. Sore - Iy by ail - ments
~ Man - if - old af - f.liet - ed, 3.~
4. Chant - ing his prais - es
4 With de - vout af - fec - tion, 4.4
5. Who 0 ver all things
.. ..,. "
~ 4 Reign - eth in . the High - est, 5.7
~ • • I ; ~ ..
• III,.. • • • •
III
1. Erst on this Feast Day
4 Was deern'd fit to en - ter 1.--.
2. While that life's vig - our,
4 Cours -ing through his 0 mem - bers, 2.4
3. Oft - times have wei - corn'd
4 Health and strength re - turn - ing, 3.4
4. That in his bless - ings
--. We may have a por - tion 4.4
5. Earth's might - y fab - ric '"
4 Ru ling and di - reet - ing, 5.4
~ P 111
• I ...
• I • 1. In - to 2. Quick - en'd

3. At his

4. Now and

5. One - Iy

his his pet - for and

glor - y. be - ing. i-lion. ev - er. Tri - nal.

1. 2. 3. 4.

A - men.

The Versicle

yr. Pray for us, 0 bless-ed Gregory.

~. That we may be made worthy of the promises of Christ.

The Antiphon on the Magnificat and the Magnificat

N 133 I Mar. 12 I 25 - First Vespers of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D.

IN 133

Then is sung the Antiphon on the Magnificat, which is ~I~I~~~""~~I~~~'~~~~'~

always begun by the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) alone:

I I ~,..,.. ; ",.. " t'I". t'I I I

In set-ting forth the

proc-Iam - a-tion of thy bless- ed-ness,

- I I I II'"

All continue the ~~!;~'~~~'.~'.~;~PS-i~~~'~'_~~~"~~'~ii1~~~"~~jlljgO!

=' .... ~., q

The. en-ti - re Church,

WI.

,,' I .... . Ii "

I

Antiphon as follows:

• ; ". I

no-;,bly in-struct-ed

I I '. A", I I

I

by thee, doth tri-umJ!h. Hail! Most dis-ting-uish-ed Fath-er! Hon-our of the

I ; ~ I ~ '" • ,.. I 'Ie I' =!Ii '.'. 1='" I ' •• " ~ = ,.. ... I ij

"

.... Ro-mans! Glor-y of the Eng-lish! Joy of the Celts! Saint Greg-or-y,

I Ii "I, '. = ,.. I • ; /,,..1_.,.. I • " ".... • • II ~

in-ter - cede for our sal-va-tion

and for -that of all man-kind.

I

'I

~'

The Magnificat (Luke 1_. 46 - 55).'

After the Antiphon on the Magr.!-iJicat, the

I

/'

1st Cantor alone begins chanting the Magnificat: + My soul *.

Only the 1st Cantor's side Q[ the Quire responds with I· • • •

• •

the 2nd half of the 1st verse of the Magnificat:

1._ *1.

Tone 8 I • • ~........ ,.. I • Ie. I e =]. r eel] •• • • • •

doth mag-ni-fy the Lord.

• •

• • • II ~

Only the 2nd Cf7ntor's side Q[ the Quire chants the 2nd verse of the Magnificat" using this Tone, including the intonation notes:

And my splr- 1" it hath re-joi-ced * in 1 God My S~-viour. I

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side Q[ the Quire chants the entire next verse (including the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

For He hath look-ed upon the low-li-ness 1" Of His hand-maid-en; * 1" for be-hold, from hence-forth all generations shall 1 call me: "Bless-ed,'"

For the Might-y One hath 1. done great things .tin-to me; * and L Ho-ly is His

Name.

And His mer-cy is 1" on them that fear Him * 1" un-to gener-a-tion and

t gen-er-a-tion. ;

He hath show- 1. ed strength with His Arm; * 1" He hath scat-ter-ed the proud in the imagin- t a-tlon Of their heart.

He hath put down 1. the might-y from their seat, * 1. and ex-al-ted t them of low deg-ree.

He hath fill-ed 1" the hun-gry with good things, * 1" and the ri'ch He hath sent

t emp-ty a-way.

He hath hoi-pen 1" His ser-vant Is-ra-e) * 1" in re-mem-brance t of His mer-cy, As (') He 1" spake to our fath-ers, * 1. to A-bra-ham, and his 1 seed for ev-er. Glor-y be to the 1. Fath-ervand to the + Son, * and t to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, 1. both now and ev-er, * 1" and un-to the a-ges of t a-ges. A-men.

N 1341

Mar. 12 I 25 - First Vespers of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D. 1 N 134

Then, I = Ai = • • = iii..:! !Ii !Ii =

All repeat: In set-ting forth the proc-Iam - a-tion
I ='. I ~'!Ii
"!Ii !Ii tl!li • tl = : 0.= ,.._,.. = III ' •• iii • !Ii !Ii ij
of thy bless+.ed-ness, the en-ti - re Church, no-bly in-struct-ed
I ...
= !Ii. III ~:!!i !Ii = • Ii iii • ... ,.. ~
= • = I by thee, doth tri-um.eh. Hail!

I = III 1 : !Ii • ,.. I

Most dis-ting-uish-ed Fath-er!", Hon-our of the

"'I = iii ·'·o~1 =!Ii I 1 ,. 0 ~ 1 = ,.. ... I ij

Ro-mans! Glor-y of the Eng-lish! Joy of the Celts! Saint Greg-or-y,

~1~1i~~IIi~I·~~~=~~IIi~~=~~.~~=~!Ii~I~~~III~I/~.~~!Ii~~"'~'~"'~~'~~'~3,,~1

in-ter - cede for our sal-va-tion /'

and for that of all man-kind.

The Collect

(

We entreat the grace of Thy blessing, 0 Lord, by the intercession of blessed I Gregory, Thy confessor and Bishop, that, we may perceive the assistance of his I supplication, at whose oncoming we celebrate his glory. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages. W. Amen.

The Procession

After the First Dismissal, a Procession is made immediately before the first Commemoration to the Altar (Icon Shrine) of St. Gregory, while the following 'Responsory is sung:

Th 1 C I :II., ~'=. I ij

e ___§1 antor -..! - !!:!!

alone cbants« All

There shall shine forth.

~ ,..~ 1 "', .. ~ N,. 11=
•
In the ven-er - a-tlon of;
• !!i • • III'"
,., : •
the sen-a -tor-i-al dig-nit-y •

.. -

I respond:
,...,..,. =
• :-; III
a doub-le glor - y:
I :·0 I • • 1111 •
• Greg-or - y

•

•

•

, ., A III = '.' ,.. I!§; ..

pov-er-ty ac-cord-ing to the

ac-cor-ding

I tl •

to the man-ner of the world, a vol-un-tar-y I lSI., ~o.. :-; III "ij

com-mand of the Lord.

y. ~.

y. Let us pray. 0 God, Who hast given unto the soul of Thy servant Gregory the reward of eternal bliss; mercifully grant that we who are weighed down by the burden of our sins may be relieved by his advocacy before Thee. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages. ~. Amen.

The Lord led the just man through the straight paths. And shew-ed unto him the Kingdom of God.

A Commemoration is then made of the current weekday in the Season of Lent, made up of the sequential combination of the following.' 1) the Antiphon on the Magnificat, 2) the Versicle, and 3) the Collect given for Vespers for this day of the week in Volume VII of the Psalter, the Seasonal Propers for the Season of Lent.

N 135 I Mar. 12 J 25 - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Gregory the Great, D.C.D. I N 135 NIGHT VIGILS (Matins)

The Invitatorv and The Venite-Psalm 94

After Psalm 3 ~has been sung I the Cantors chant the Invitatory and Psalm 94 as [dlows:

Only the 1st and 2nd Cantors

•

:;

; I 11.,..
~ :;
•
Christ, the !\-ing of the
iii ~ II. iii • • ~' .
•
ed ho-ly Greg-or-y with chant the entire Invitatory together: Let- us !Vor-ship

J'" ~'<.r;~

1 • ~ II. II. 1\. :I
Con-fes-sors, the Lord *
,1 :I /il"., ~ " ~
~ :I • Who hath-crown

e-ter - nal glor-y.

I

Then All repeat the entire Invitator y:

r I III iii
~ :; L~
•
Christ, the King of the
ptj ~ 11.,.. • • :I ••
•
ed ho-Iy Greg-or-y with i\I.

1 • <; ,. ~
r
[:,et us wor-ship
~ ,.. ~'.' .. r;~
Who hath crown Con-fes-sors, the

:I Lord *

:;

e-ter - nal glor-y.

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors ~1~~'~'~~~'~;'~;'~·~~IIi~.~~'~'~'~~.~~.~i

" ,

Ps. Come, let us re-joice in the Lord; let us shout with

begin the Venite together:

iii • .-

T ,... :;.

I

•

•

•

•

•

I ..

•

•

I

•

•

•

•

jU-bil-a-tion un-to God Our Sa-vi our . Let us come be-fore His Coun-ten-ance with

P\ thanks-giv-ing, and with Psalms let us shout in ju-bll-a-tion un-to Him.

iii •

• •

•

•

• • II. • •

Then All repeat the entire I nvitatory:

'"
., :; fi ~
Let us wor-ship
J ,.. ~'.' .. r;~
Who hath crown Christ, the King of the

1 • ~ III II. 1\. :I
Con-fes-sors, the Lord *
1 :; /i=" .. II ~
... :I •
•

• =' •

I

ed ho-ly Greg-or-y with

e-ter - nal glor-y.

N 136 I Mar. 12 I 25 - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Gregory the Great, R.C.D. I N 136

continue the Venite together:

For the Lord is a Great God, and a Great King

I I

I

I

•

I

I

I I

I

I

I

•

I

... I

o-ver all (gods; for the Lord will not cast off His peo-ple.) For in His Hand are

....

I

I ,..

•

•

'+ .

I

~ the ends of the Earth.rand the heights of the moun-tains are His. ...

~

Then All repeat only the 2nd half of the Invitaior y , as [ollows:

.. 1 .. J'" ~' •.•. r-"'''' ... ,.. ... I. I •• I = /11' ...... 1 III.

Who hath crown/

ed ho-ly Greg-or-y with e-ter - nal glor-y.

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors ~1§~1~.~~~1~·~~·~~·~~~1~~1S~~·~1 ~I~~~I~~I ij~1

and He made it; and the dry;


For the sea is His,

land His Hands have fash-ion-ed. all bow. 0 come, let us wor-ship and fall down

11 I I • I I I • I I I I,... I ij Here 1 1 1 ,+. :I I

be-fore Him, and let us weep be-fore the Lord Who made us; all rise. For He is Our

1 ,..

God.

• :I I I

r. _

And weare'thc peo-ple of His pas-ture, and the sheep of His Hand.

•

I I

I

•

I

I

,+, I

M I,.. II

Then All repeat 1 :I t- ... e 1I1~ = :I
the entire Invitator y: Let us wor-ship Christ, the King of the
1 ~,.. ,.. .,.. J ~ ~"' •• r-'" ~ ... ,..~
• :I • • =' • I
Con-fes-sors, the Lord * Who hath crown ed ho-ly Greg-or-y with
1 :I /1="' • " ~
... :I I
e-ter nal glor-y. "
-
Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors 1 II • • I I I I ... I •
•• • continue the Venire together:

To-day, if ye will hear His Voice, har-den not

1 :I

• I

• • I I

I • • I

I

• I

I.

I

your hearts. As in the prov-o-ca-tion, in the day of temp-ta-tion in the wil-der-ness.

1 ·

I

•

•

.,..

II!. they prov-ed Me and saw My

I ' ••

•

I,.. II ij

For your fath-ers temp-ted Me;

works.

N 137 I Mar. 12 J 25 - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D. I N 137 Then All repeat only the 2nd half of the Invitatory , as follows:

1 J III ~'.'.,I\'" III ... ~III I I ='. • = .,.='0., ... = III.

Who hath crown

ed ho-ly Greg-or-y with e-ter - nal glor-y.

~.~~~~I~~'~I~'~I~~I~~'.

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors 1: II I

continue the Venire together:

For-ty yejl~s long was I griev-ed with that

I

I

I

11 I I

I

•

•

I i

III,

,

,

•

II

,

"

•

gen-er-a-tion, and I said: "They do .al-ways err in their hearts. And they have not

""'1 I

,

I I II

• III ~ ,.. II = = II I ~ , ~ = ... II ~

-" 1\

known My ways, so I sware in Mine ang-er: 'They shall not en-ter in-to My rest.'"

Then All repeat the entire I nvitatory:

Con-fes-sors, the

= Lord *

1:1 "'="., ...

II II ij

e-ter - nal glor-y.

....,-

Then only the l;t an"d 2nd Cantors 1

conclude the V enite together:

I
',I
1 ; I ~I!i r
,. ij I
, = ... I =
L~~ wor-ship Christ, the King of the t,
us
J III ~'.' .. I\'" ,.. ... ~,..
, , I,. •
Who hath crown ed ho-ly Greg-or-y with " i
, I I I I I II , I
I' I
Glor-y be to the Fath-er, and to the + Son,
I 11

,

I I' I

1\ and

IS

I

,

,

,

,

IS I

I

I

and to the Ho- Iy Ghost. As it was in the be-gin-ning, both now and ev-er,

I

I ' ~

,

I I

un-to the a-ges of a - ges. A - men.

Then All repeat only the Znd half of the Lnvitaiory , as f ollows:

_,

~'.'.,I\'" ,..

:I .,.1'-.,...:1 II

, , 10. I

Who hath crown ed ho-ly Greg-or-y with e-ter - nal glor-y.

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors chant the l st half of the Invitator y:

• I

...

; I

I

I

Let us wor-ship Christ, the King of the Con-fes-sors, the Lord *

Then All repeat only the 2nd half of the Invitatory , as [ollows:

J ,..

Who hath crown

• I

I,. I

ed ho-Iy Greg-or-y with e-ter - nal glor-y.

The Hymn

N 138 I Mar. 12 J 25 - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D. I N 138
~ • • • • ij
• "-", , , • I
1'1
1. This th-e -Con - fes - sor
The 1st Cantor's side only completes line 1: --.. Of the Lord whose tri - umph 1.--..
The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 2_-
2. Saint - Iy and pru - dent,
--.. Mod - est in be - ha - viour, 2.--..
The 1st Cantor's side onl:,; chants line 3: ..
3. Sick ones of old time !
--.. To his tomb re - sort - ing, 3.--..
The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 4_-
4. Whence we in chor us
/ » Glad - Iy do him hon -:- our, 4.__"
All chant line. 5 _- ..
.... 5. His be the Glor _ - y,
/' --.. Pow - er, and sal - va - tlon, 5.--..
a , • ~ .. ij
I , I • , , ,
, •
(
1. Now all the faith ful ',I
- (
-7 Cel - eb - rate with glad - ness 1.-7
2. Peace - ful and so - ber _-
, / 2.-~
-4 Chaste was he, and low - Iy,
3. Sore Iy by ail - merits
__., Man - if - old af - fliet - ed, 3.__.,
-7 With de - vout af - fee - tlon, 4.4
5. Who 0 ver all things
-7 Reign - eth in the High - est, 5.--..
~ • • ; ~ ..
, "", , • , •
1'1
4 Was deem'd fit to en - ter 1.4
2. While that ,jife's vig - our,
-7 Cours -ing through his mem - hers, 2.4'
3. Oft - times have wei - com'd
__., Health and strength re - turn - ing, 3.__.,
4. That in his bless - ings o I
-7 We may have a por - tion 4.-7
5. Earth's might - v fab - ric
~ Ru ling and di - rect - ing, 5.--..
--..
~ t- II ~
• , ...
, , • 1. In to his ~or - .r- 1.
2. Quick - en'd his e - mg. 2.
3. At his ~et - i - tion. 3.
4. Now and for ev - er. 4.
5. One - Iy and Tri - nal. A - men. The First Noeturn

The Psalms.

Six Psalms are then chanted for the First Nocturn, as [ollows:

Then the 1st Cantor alone begins chanting the 1 st Antiphon:

•

,

,

, ,

,

~ ,

,

The glor-i-ous will of the em-in-ent one.

I,. ,;, , ;' ,

•

All respond:

Hath re-turn-ed

the

fruit-ful-ness

of

N 139 I Mar. 12 J 25 - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Gregory the Great, D.C.D. I N 139

Tone 1

t _j. ,.,

I ! 0 • 0) ... ! 0 : 0 ,)... 0 :: I

I I I III I I I

• •

I 0

Psalm 1:

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the l st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein}:

.. ~

Bless-ed is the man that hath not walked- in the counsel of the ungod -Iy, t nor

stood in the way of J sin-ners, *

Then, only the 1 st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the ver se:

/

nor sat in the seat 1 of the pes-til-ent.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side zi: the Quire chants the entire next verse /"

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

But his will is rather in the law of l'the Lord, * and in His law will he f med- 1 it-ate day and night.

And he shall be like the trea. 'which is planted by the streams of thre 1 wat-ers, * which shall bring forth its'fruit 1 in its sea-son.

And its leaf shall J not fall; * and all things whatsoever he may 1 do shall pros-per.

Not so are the un-god-ly, 1 not so; * but rather they are like. the chaff which the wind doth hurl away from 1 the face Of the Earth.

For this reason shall the ungodly not stand up in 1 judg-ment, * nor sinners in

the council 1 of the ~&gh-teoiis. "

For the Lord knoweth the way of the 1 righ-teous, * and the way of the un-god- 1 Iy shall per-ish.

, I

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to 1 the + Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was 1 a-ges. A-men.

Th I I ;

en, 11'1

in the beginning, both now and 1 ev-er, * and unto the ages of

I

•

•

• •

•

~ I

. ;

•

I

;

•

•

I

All repeat: The glor-i-ous will of the em-in-ent one hath re-turn-ed the fruit-ful-ness of

I

••

11'1 I ~.. • ; II '

,... ;.... I ~ •• I ~-

Greg-or-y un-to the Lord in a time con-tin-u - ing.

Then the 2nd Cantor alone begins chanting the 2nd Antiphon:

;

I

I ij

For he was zeal-ous.

.,.. • In prayers day and night, hav-ing been set

I ;

• ij

All respond...". I' •

.,. .

.,..; II ~

•

•

up by the Lord as a great preach-er.

N 140 [ Mar. 12 I 25 - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D. [ N 140

Tone 2

, T l' , *

1(" ,] .. , [,_,I), .. ,

, a , I

, , , '" , , ,

" ' , II.

Psalm 2:

Then the 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Why have the hea-then i ra-ged, *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side I2i the Quire completes the verse_;". ~

and the .peoples medi-ta- 1 ted -emp-ty things?

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side Q.[_ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

The kings of the Earth were arou-sed, t am! the rulers were assem-bled

to- i geth-er, * against the Lord, and J:ag"':ainst His Christ. <

Let us break their bonds as..., T un-der, * and let us cast a -way 1 their yoke .... from us.

He That dwelleth in the' Heavens shall laugh i them to scorn, * and the Lord

shall 1 de-ride them. ,

Then shall He speak On-to them i in His wrath, * and in His anger shall 1 He l

troub-le them. , , I

But jis for Me, I was Established <as King by Him, t upon Syon His Ho-ly

T Moun-tain, * Proclaiming the com-mand- 1 ment of the Lord. _

The Lord said i un-to Me: * "Thou art My Son; this day have I 1 be-got-ten Thee."

Ask of Me, and I will give Thee the nations for Thine in- T her-It-ance, * and the uttermost parts of the Earth for Thy 1 pos-ses-sldn,

Thou shalt herd them with a rod of T l-ron, * Thou shalt shatter them like a

pot- 1 ter's ves-sel§. .

And now, 0 ye kings, i un-der-stand; * be instructed, all ye 1 that judge the

Earth. _ ~

Serve ye the i Lord with fear, * and rejoice in Him 1 with trem-bling.

Lay hold of instruc-tion, t lest at any time the Lord be i Ang-ry, * and.ye

perish from 1 the righ-teous way. ,

Wl!.en quickly His wrath be T kin-died, * blessed are all that have put 1 their trust in Hi m.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the + Son, * and to 1 the He-sly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- 1 ges. A-men.

Then, 1 ,.. I ,.. I ij
; ; , ; ,,.. = , ; ,
I
All repeat- For he was zeal-ous in prayers day. and night, hav-ing been set
tvA I' II "11
1 , • I,.. 4, II
II •
up by the Lord as a great preach-er. ~ Then the 1st Cantor alone begins chanting the 3rd Antiphon:

I

, ,.. ,

II

~ ,

,

I

He had on be-half of all the peo-ple.

/] , b I",

,

All respond:

I •• II •

Great car - ing; he pray-ed es-pec-ial-Iy

I ;

•

....

on be-half of the En-glish peo-ple.

N 141 I Mar. 12 I 2S - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D. I N 141

Tone 3

•••••••• I

• • 8 • II •

Psalm 3:

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

o Lord, why are they multip- i lied-that-af-f'ljct me? * ~.


Many rise up .l a-gainst me.

/

And then. ," only the 2nd Cantor's side el. the Quire chants the entire next verse "-

(omitting the intonation notes), t)i two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Many say i On-to my soul. * "There is no salvation for him l in Hi~ God." I But THOU, 0 Lord, T ART My Hel-per, * My Glory, and the Lif-ter l up Of ;i

my head. ' .

I cried unto the T Lord with mj; voice, * and He heard me out of His Ho- l I~ Moun-tain.

I i laid me down and slept; * I a-woke, for the Lord l will help me.

I will not be afraid of ten thousands of people that set themselves ag- i ainst me round ab-out; * arise, 0 Lord; save l me, 6 My God.

For Thou hast smitten all who without cause i are mine en-em-ies; * the teeth of sinners hast l Thou bro-ken.

- ~

. ..

Sal- i va-tion is Of the Lord; * and Thy blessing is up-on 1 Thy peo-ple.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and to 1, the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both i now and ev-er, * and I unto the ages of a- l ges. A-men.

I • ptj • ",. • I i1' ptj • ~ , •• ~

Then, ~ I • ,.. • PSI'" ~·I •• II • ,..

All repeat: He had on be-half of all the peo-ple great car. - ing; he pray-ed es-pec-lal-ly

I ~

....

on be-half of the En-glish peo-ple.

Then the 2nd Cantor alone begins chanting the 4th Antiphon:

•

•

God there-fore had lis-ten-ed.

I

•

IS

•

•

, . .

All respond:

•

To Greg-or-y while he pray-ed, and he

I

I.

. "

•

•

'".' .

.... ptj • ~ • II

wrought the sal-va-tion through Bap-tis-m of the hosts of the Eng-lish.

N 142 I Mar. 12 I 25 - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D. I N 142

, i-

T one 4 I [. I I] I I I [I 0 • ']

*

,

_ A

III

I I I

G •

I I III • I I

I I ~ I ~ • II'

Psalm 4:

Then the 2nd c;antor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 4th Psalm, using this Tone I including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

When I call-ed upon Thee, 0 God of roy righteousness, Thou aidst 1 heark-en

'. ,

un-to me; * .

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

/ in mine affliction 1 Thou hast en-larg-ed me.

And theh , only the 1st Cantor"s side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse

.... (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Have com- 1 pas-sion on me, * 1 (') and hear my prayer. I o ye sons of men, how long will 1 ye be 'slow of heart? * Why do ye love vanity, jI

and 1 seek af-ter false-hood? I

Know also that the Lord hath made won- 1 drous His Ho-ly One; * the Lord will hearken unto me J,. when I cry un_:t~ Him.

Be angry, and sin not; t feel com-pane- 1 tion up-on your beds * for J,. what ye say in your hearts.

Sacrifice a sacrifice of righ-teous-ness, t J,. and hope in the Lord; * many say:

"Who will show J,. un-to us good things?" .

The Light of Thy Countenance, 0 Lord, hath been sign- 1 ed up-on fis; * Thou hast given J, glad-ness to my heart .

.. rtf/' "...... /

From the' f'rult Of 1 their wheat, wine and oi I * are 1 they mUI-ti-pli-ed.

In peace 1 in the same place * I J,. shall lay me down and sleep.

For J, Thou, 0 Lord, A-lone, * hast J,. made me to dwell in hdpe,

Glory be to the Fath- J, er, and to the + Son, * J, and to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both 1 now and ev-er, * and unto the ages 1 of

, A

a-ges. A-men.

T ~~~~~'~~;I~~L~~::I~~~~~I~~::I~~~~.I~~~L~~I~~~~~~~~

hen, I' ... ~. _ ... _ ~ I ~

•

All repeat: God there-fore had lis-ten-ed to Greg-or-y while he pray-ed, and he

I

II

I,., =::1 • .". I. J\i •. '" ~ .::1 • II

wrought the sal-va-tion through Bap-tis-m of the hosts of the Eng-lish.

Then the 1st Cantor alone begins chanting the 5th Antiphon:

I

'::1 '..

Be-hold the peo-ple.

I

•

....

•

All respond:

That a-fore-time ven-er-a-ted por-tents and

I ::I •

I •

. ,.,

•

,., .

~.. ::I • ~ ::I ~II ij

i-dols; now pray they at the Tern-pie of God in the fear of the Lord.

N 1431 Mar. 12 I 25 - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D. 1 N 143

, T

Tone 5 I (. . .] • •. ( · ~ • J .... · B • I I • • • • I • •• • B •••• " ij

Psalm 5:

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 5th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Un-to my words give l' ear, 0 Lord; *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:".

T (') hear my !cry. #

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Attend unto the voice of my siip-pli- i ca-tion, * 0 i My King and My God. A For upto Thee will I T pray, 0 Lord; * in the morn-ing l' Thou shalt hear my voice.

, In the morning shall I stand be-fore Thee, and thou shalt look up- Ion

me; * for not a God that willese in- r i-quit-y art Thou.

He that worketh evil shall not r dwell near Thee; * a- T bide be-fore Thine Eves.

Thou hast hated ;11 them that work in- T i-quit-y; * T them that speak a lie.

A man that is bloody and deceitful' shall the i Lord ab-hor; * but as for me, in

the multi- i tiide of Thy mer-cy, ,-

Shall I go in- l' to Thy House? * I shall worship toward Thy Holy l' Tern-pie in fear of Thee.

o Lord, guide me in the way of Thy righteousness be-cause of mine r en-em-ies; * make straight T my way be-fore TheiL

For in their mouth there T is no Truth; * T their heart is vain. .

Their throat is an open sep-ul-chre; t with their tongues have they spo-ken

de- l' celt-ful-ly: * T judge them, 6 God. ,

Let them fal down on account of their own dev-I-sings; t according to the multitude of their ungod-Ii-ness, t cast them out; * for they have em- l' bit-ter-ed Thee, 0 Lord.

And let all them be glad that T hope in Thee; * they shall ever rejoice, and Thou

i shalt dwell am-ong them. "

, And all shall glory in Thee that i love Thy Name, * for Thou shalt T bless the

righ-teous. .

o Lord, as with a shield of Thy good t pleas-ure, * i hast Thou crown-ed us. Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the" Son, * and T to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As)t was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of T a-ges. A-men.

t ,

l' _

"

_ A

nor shall transgressors .

I

Thou shalt destroy all i

Then, All repeat:

•

A •

• I ill ill

•

•

•

•

•

Be-hold the peo-ple that a-fore-time ven-er-a-ted por-tents and

1=·

!Ii. •. = • ill = 1'1

I-dols; now pray they at the Tern-pie of God in the fear of the Lord.

I •

• hi

•

hi •

II ~

Then the 2nd Cantor alone I • = ~ .. I •
begins chanting the 6th Antiphon: Now there-fore.
e 15 = ill it ill = ill I ij
•

All respond. We praise the Won-drous Name, 0 Lord,
I • • = • fI;I = ., . • ... • • ; • II ij
•
'. that hath di-rect-ed our ways o-ver the routes of the sea.

N 144 I Mar. 12 J 25 - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D. I N 144

,t .j,VA* .t.z.

Tone 6 I (. · .) ••• (. 0 • 1)..... .' I • • • ••• • • •

• = • • • II ~

Psalm 8:

Then the 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 6th Psalm, using this tone, including .the intonation notes (within the first set of "-

brackets therein):

o Lord, Our Lord, how Won- J, der-f'ul :;.


/' '

is Thy J, Name in all the Earth.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire (omitting the intonation notes). [he two sides alternating the verses thereafter.' For Thy magnifi-cence is J, lif-ted * high, a- J, bove the Heav-ens.

next verse

I

"

Out of the mouths of babes and sucklings hast Thou perfected praise, be-cause I, of Thine en- J, em-Ies, * to destroy the enemy J, and av-en-ger.

/ ,

For I will behold the Heavens, the works of Thy J, Fing-ers, * the moon and the

stars, which J, Thou hast found-ed.

What is man, that Thou art Mind-ful J, Of him, * or the son of man, that Thou J, vis-it-est him?

Thou hast made him a little lower than the ang-els; t with glory and honour hast Thou crown- J, ed him; * and Thou hast set him over the J, works of Thy Hands.

All things hast Thou subjected under his feet, t sheep and all J, ox-en, * yea,

and the J, beasts- of 61Ie field, "

The birds of the air, and the fish of J, the sea, * the things that pass through the

J, paths of the sea. , I

o Lord, J, Our Lord, * how Wonderful is Thy J, Name in all the Earth! Glory be to the Fath-er, and to J, the + Son, * and J, to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and J, ev-er, * and. unto the ages of
J, a-ges. A-men.
I = ~ .. IS = III a III = III 1 ij
Then, • •
All repeat: Now there-fore we praise the )Von-drous Name, 0 Lord, •

•

= .

., .

•

•

•

•

••

that hath di-rect-ed our ways o-ver the routes of the sea.

The Versicle

y. The Lord hath lov-ed him and adorn-ed him. J:Y. He cloth-ed him with a robe of glory.

All Lessons and Responsories for the Night Vigils shall be found in the Lectionary.

N 145 I Mar. 12 I 25 - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D. I N 145 The Second Nocturn

The Psalms

Six Psalms are then chanted for the Second Nocturn , as follows:

Then the 1st Cantor alone I 1\; I ; lIS I I I

begins chanting the 7th Antiphon: The Lord from High-est Heav-en.

I I it 1It .... I; I

All respond:

Ii I • '!Ii I tI,o, I

Through Saint Greg-or - y en-rich-ed the

I I

-~ I

I

,

II ~

con-f'ed-er-ea-tlen of the Eng-Iish with the gift of the Faith.

, t '1'_ A* '1'_

Tone 7 I [I I ,] '" [, 0 11"" I 0 I ,0 I I ' , , '" , " ' 0, ,

Psalm 10.' <

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 7th Psalm, / using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein)'

In the Lord have I ho-ped; t how/will ye i say to my soul: *

Then, only the 1 st Cantor's side QiJhe Quire completes the verse: _

"Flee unto the mountains T like a spar-row?

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Q]_ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides qlternating the verses thereafter:

#For behold, the sinners have bent their _bow, t they-have prepared arrows T for the quiv-er, * to shoot down in a moonless T night the up-right of heart.

For what Thou hast formed l' they have de-stroy-ed; * and the righteous T man,

what hath he done? . .

The Lord is in His l' Ho-ly Tern-pie; * the Lord, in T Heav-en is His Throne.

His Eyes are ~.Gt up- T on the poor man; * His Eyelids ex- T am-ine the sons.nf

men. 1/ ~

o ; II'

The Lord examineth the righteous man i and the un-god-ly; * but he that loveth

unrighteousness T ha-teth his own soul. #

He will rain down T snares up-on sin-ners; * fire, and brimstone and wind of

tempest shall be the T por-tion Of their cup. _

For the Lord is Righteous i and hath loved righ-teous-ness; * upon uprightness

hath His T Coun-ten-ance look'd. -

Glory be to the i Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and l' to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it ,!as in the beginning, both i now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of

T a-ges. A-men.

All repeat: The Lord from High-est Heav-en through SaintGreg-or - y en-rich-ed the

Ii I • '!Ii ,tI,oo '

I ,

I

,

II ~

I I

con-fed-er-a-tion of the Eng-Iish with the gift of- the Faith. I

Then the 2nd Cantor alone

I

; !Ii , I

begins chanting the 8th Antiphon.

For there was no guile.

I

... ,

!Ii I,.

,

I

'1\ '

All respond:

In Saint Greg-or-y; so rest - eth he now in

I

•

II

~.o ~ I

peace with the Lord.


,1- 1', :£<

Tone 8 I (, • ') ... [. 9 • I).... · D •

...... , ..

.' , • • II ~

Psalm 14_-

Then the 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 8th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of

brackets therein): '"

o Lord, who shall abide in Thy Tab-er- T nac-le, :£<

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side d. the Quire completes the verse:

"a~d who shall dwell in Thy. 1 Ho-ly .... Moun-tain? ..

And then, only the 1st cantor's side d. the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alte~nating the verses thereafter: I

He that walk-eth T blame-less, :£< and 1 work-eth righ-teous-ness: ;I

Speak-ing Truth T in his heart, * who hath not spoken de-ceit- 1 ful-ly with his

A " I

tongue.

Neither hath done evil to his T neigh-bour, :£< nor taken up a reproach a- 1 gainst those near him.

In his sight he that worketh e-vil is i set at nought; :£< but he glorifieth 1 them that fear the Lord.

He giveth oath to his neighbour, and f'or-swear-eth not; t he hath not lent his mon-ey on i u-su-ry, :£< and hath not received bribes a- J, gainst the in-no-cent.

He that d,o-ettr i these things :£< shall nev- 1 er be sha-ken. '.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the I{oI Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, .:£< and unto the ages of I

As it was 1 a-ges. A-men. I

Then,

... I ",ao.

• a. ~ •

•

'1\ '

All repeat

For there was no guile in Saint Greg-or-y; so rest - eth he now in

~·.II .

!Ii

II

peace with the Lord.


h

...

l1li • ,

How Thou hast mul-tip-li-ed.

,

11 ij

All respond:

1'1 :I Thy grace, 0 God, through bless-ed Greg-or-y,

•

,~ ,

, P'i •. = • ptj a' :I ptj '~'. ' a • I ~

Sa-ving the Eng-lish race; now ex-tend this mer-cy un-to one yet faith-ful, that

I

ao. he can pre-serve Thy de-vo-ted righ-teous-ness.

= .

~ l1li I ...

a

II ~

N 147 I Mar. 12 / 25 - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D. I N 147

... T J..$, ".. * t~

Tone 4 I (. • .]... [. D • I] ••• .., 8 • I • • ••• • •• .' '" .... • II ij

Psalm 35:

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 9th Psalm, using this Tone. including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

The trans-gress-or, that he may sin, J, sa-lth to him-self * Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse.'

." that there is no fear 1 of God be-fore his eyes.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's s£de Q[. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

For he hath wrought crafti- 1 ness be-fore Him * lest he should find his

ini- 1 qult-y and hate it. _ ~

The words of his mouth are ln-I- 1 quit-y and de-ceil; * he hath not willed to

un-der- 1 stand how to do good. " .

.... Iniquity hath he devised upon his bed; t he hath set himself in every way 1 that

is not good, * and e- 1 vii hath-he not ab-horr'd.

o Lord, Thy mercv 1 is in Heav-en, * and Thy Truth 1 reach-eth un-to the.

A •

clouds. ' .

Thy righteousness is as the 1 moun-tains of God; * Thy judg- 1 ments are a,'

great ab-yss. _

M~n and beasts 1 wilt Thou save, ,0 Lord. * How Thou hast multiplied 1 Thy

mer-cy, 0 God! »> A

1 Let the sons of men * hope in 1 the shel-ter Of Thy Wings.

They shall be drunken with the fat- * ness of Thy House, * and of the torrent

of Thy delight 1 shalt Thou make them t2 drink. _ A

For in Thee is the 1 foun-tain Of Ii fe; * in 1 Thy Light shall we see Light.

o continue Thy mercy unto 1 them that know Thee, * and Thy righteousness

un- 1 to the up-right of heart.!, ._

Let not the foot of pride 1 corne a-gainst me; * nor let the hand of 1 a sin-ner

move me. ,

Yonder be fallen all they that 1 work in-i-quit-y; * they are cast out, and shall

not 1 be a-ble t6 sta.rut. .

Glory be to the Fath- 1 er, and to the + Son, * 1 and to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and l ev-er, ~ and unto the ages ,1 of a-ges. A-men.

Th I~~~~~~~~~=~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~=~;'~~"'~=~;I~

en I = iii =... "'. . iii I III _I •

All repeat: How Thou hast mul-tip-li-ed Thy grace, 0 God, through bless-ed Greg-or-y,

,-

_ A

~ ;II iii 1I'1Ii 'is =,..

• - • ~ I '. ~'. • I • •

Sa-ving the Eng-fish race; now ex-tend this mer-cy un-to one yet faith-ful, that

.r, •

I

~. ~ •• ,.. I.. ~ "'.... iii I

II ~

he can pre-serve Thy de-vo-ted righ-teous-ness.

I


•

•

begins chanting the 10th Antiphon.

Bless-ed Greg-or-y.

•

•

•

•

=

1\ =

All respond:

From the days of his youth was zeal-ous to

•

I II ~

.... tI

please God with - out in-ter-rup-tion.


,T ,j,VA*

Tone 1 I [. • .) ••• (. 0 • I] ••• •

A

•• I ••••••

.. ~

o • II ij

Psalm 95:

Then the 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 10th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

o sing un-to the Lord a ~ new song;, '" "'.


sing un-to ~ the Lord all the Earth.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's /sid'e zi. the Quire chants the entire next verse

. ..

% (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Sing unto the Lord, bless ~ His Name; * proclaim from day to day the good

tidings of ~ His sal-va-tion.

, I

Declare amon~ the na-tions His J, Glor-y, * and among all peo- J, pies His~!

won-ders.

For Great is the Lord, and greatly to be J, Prai-sed; * He is to be Fear- L ell a-bove all gods.

For all the gods of the na-tions are ~ de-mons; * but the Lord ~ made the Heav-ens.

Praise and beauty are be- J, fore Him; *' holiness and majesty are in His t Sanc-tu-ar-Y.

Bring to the Lord, ye kindreds of the na-tions, t bring to the Lord glor-y and J, hon-our; *' brlng t~,.,the Lord the glory due J, un-to His Name.

Bring sacrifices, and go in-to J, His Courts; * worship the Lord ~ in His Ho-ly Court.

Let the Earth be shaken at His t Pres-ence; *' say among the ~a-tions J, that the Lord is King.

For He hath established the world which shall not be J, sha-ken; '" He shall

judge the peo-ple J, in up-right-ness. "

Let the Heavens be glad and let the Earth rejoice t let the sea be shaken, and the ffil-ness t there-Of; '" the plains shall be joyful, and all J, the things there-in.

Then shall all the trees of the forest rejoice at the Pres-ence of J, the Lord; *' for

~

He cometh, for He com- ~ eth to judge the Earth.

He shall judge the world with rlgh- J, tenus-ness '" and the J, peo-ples with His Truth.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to J, the It Son, * and ~ to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and t ev-er, '" and unto the ages of J, a-ges. A-men.

Then, All repeat:

.... tI

•

• • • IS ; • ij
• ,.. ~ r\
:J
from the days of his youth was zeal-ous to
II ~ PIlI

Bless-ed Greg-or-y

I

•

•

please God with - out in-ter-rup-tion.

N 149 I Mar. 12 I 25 - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D. I N 149 I

Then the 1st Cantor alone

.... I. I 1'1 •

Car-nal de-si-res.

begins chanting the 11th Antiphon,"

• ,. 1'1 .....

• ,.. I· I •

He brave-ly sub-du - ed, and he fought off

All respond:

I'll ........ ~I'i ••

di - a-bol - ic - al il-lu-slons.

, t 1', A*

Tone 2 I [ .] ••• (. I) •••• I G • I •

I • 8 •

/

II

J, v

• • ••• • • •

Psalm 96: .. ..

.... Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 11th Psalm,

using this Tone, including the jntonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

The Lord is King, let the Earth l' re-joice; *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Q.]_ the Quir,§. complete_s the verse: I

let the "man- y ~ is-lands be glad. ;1

And then, only 'the 1st Cantor's side Q.]_ the Quire chants the entire next verse !

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sidesalternating the verses thereafter: I.

Clouds and darkness are roimd jr- T bout Hi m; * righteousness and judgment are the es-tab- ~ lish-ment Of His Throne.

Fire shall go be- l' fore Him, :I< and shall burn up His en- 1 em-ies round a-bout. His lightnings have shone forth through-out T the world; * the Earth saw it ~ and was sha-ken.

The mountains melted like wax at the Pres-ence of l' the Lord, :I< at the Presence

of the ~ Lord of all the Earth. ,

The Heavens de-clar-ed His righ- T teous-ness, * and all the peo-ples ~ saw His

Glor-Y· .

Let all be puj to shame that wor-ship gra- T ven things, * that boast

them-selves 1 of. thei'P'i -ddls. "

Worship Him, all ye His i ang-els; * $y-on 1 heard and was glad. ,

And the daughters of Ju-dre-a re- T jol-ced * because of Thy 1 judg-ments, 0 Lord. For Thou art Lord Most High o-ver all T the Earth;' * Thou art Exalted far

1 a-bove all the gods. ~ I

Ye that love the Lord, see to it that ye hate e-vil t the Lord preserveth the souls of T His Saints; * from the hand of the sinner shall J, He de-liv-er them.

, A light hath dawned forth for the righ- T teous man, * and gladness for 1 the

up-right of heart. • .

Be glad in the Lord, 0 ye i righ-teous: * and give thanks for the remembrance 1 Of His ho-li-ness.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to T the + Son, * and ~ to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As. it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of

1 a-ges. A-men. '"

Then, 1'1 .,. 1'1

.... I· ; •• ,.. I· I •

Car-nal de-si-res he brave-Iy sub-du - ed, and he fought off

.....

All repeat:

1\1 ........ ~I'i ••

di - a-bel - ic - al il-lu-slons.


II ~

= 1 I

begins chanting the 12th Antiphon:

From his youth.

I ; • •

•

I

I

All respond:

Did he

wear

him-self out

in fight-ing

I

•

• •

I ~'. •

I

II

I

I

I

II

a-gainst vi-ces by his mi-nute par-ta-king of nour-ish-ments.

N 150 I Mar. 12 / 25 - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D. I N 150

T + ~ ..... * 1,.& ~A

Tone 3 I [. • .] ... [.:. IJ ".. i 8 • 8. • I • • • ... • •• pta = • • • II ~

Psalm 97:

Then the 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 12th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein): o sing un-to the Lord a i new song, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse.' A

" for the Lord 1 hath wroughtswqn-drous things.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side' fZi"'rhe· Qnire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter: A

His Right Hand and His Ho- i Iy Arm * have wrought sal- 1 va-tion for Him. The Lord hath made known His.sal- I va-tiOn; * in the sight of the nations hath

He re- 1 veal'd His righ-teous-ness. ' ,

<10 He hath remembered His mer-eyto T Ja-cob, * and His Truth to the 1 House of Is-ra-el.

All the ends of the Earth.T 'have seen * the sal- 1 va-tion Of Our God. _

Shout with jubilation un-to the Lord, all I the Earth; :I< sing and re- 1 joice and chant Psalms.

Chant ye unto the Lord with a harp, with the harp and with the voice Of I a Psalm, * with trumpets of metal, and with a voice of a,l trum-pet Of horn.

Shout with jubilation before the Lord, Our King; t let the sea be shaken and the f'ul-ness I there-Of, * the world and sll 1 they that dwell there-l n.

The rivers shall clap their hands to-geth-er; t the mountains shall rejoice at the

Pres-ence of i the Lord; * for He cometh; yea, He is 1 come to judge the Earth. _

, He )Viii judge the world with righ- T teous-ness, * and the peo-ples 1 with up-right-ness.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to i the III Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and i ev-er, * and unto the ages 1 of a-ges. A-men.

Then,

I

•

•

•

•

All repeat:

:'From

his youth did he

wear

him-self out

111

in fight-ing

•

•

• •

• tI·. •

•

..

•

•

•

a-gainst vi-ces by his mi-nute par-ta-king of nour-ish-ments.

The Versicle

y. The Lord guided the righteous in right paths .. W. And shewed him the Kingdom of God.


The Third Nocturn

The Canticles

T hen the 1 sf Cantor alone begins chanting the 13th Antiphon:

. ,.. By the Gift of the Ho-Iy Ghost.

• pta

A·· •

J ..

• u

•

All respond:

The glor-i-ous Prel-ate Greg-or-y was

I.. •

• •• ,.. I

and con-vert-ed the Eng-lish peo-ple

•

lIS I

... .-. I I ,. pta I I pta

en-rich-ed; he shar-ed the Ap-os-tol-ic See,

1:= IS I :=,. I II ij

un-to the Faith of Christ.

NISI I Mar. 12 J 25 - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D. I NISI

... t J.. -3- ,.. ,tOo. * -1-.3.;:""_' .t1

Tone 4 I [. • .)... [ • 0 • ') I.. .' I g • I • • •• • • •• .' III • p\ • ,,~

Canticle of the Wisdom of Jesus Ben Sirach I IEcclus . 14: 22; 15: 3, 4, 6):

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 1st Canticle, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Bless-ed is the man that doth meditate good things in Wis-dom t and that

reasoneth of holy things by his l un-der-stand-Ing, '" ",.

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire·comp!'etes the verse:

(and in his mind shall think of the

l all-See-ing Eye of God.) And then, only the 2nd Cantor's /side et. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the [nionation notes), the tWI? sides alternating the verses thereafter:

... With the bread of A un-der-stand-ing 1 shall He feed hi m, * and give him the

water 1 of Wis-dom t6 drink. /'

He shall be stayed upon Him, and shall not be mov-ed; t and shall rely upon

Him, and shall not 1 be con-found-ed; * He shall exalt him 1 a-bove his neigh-bours. ~

And He shall cause him to inherit an l ev-er-last-ing name: '" t (') (the . Lord /1

Our God.) , !

Glory be to the Fath- 1 er, and t6 the + Son, * 1 and to the H6-ly Ghost. /'

A§ it was in the beginning, both" 1 now and ev-er, '" and unto the ages t of a- ges. A-men.

Canticle of Jeremias Uer . 17: 7 - 8):

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Canticle, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Bless-ed is the man that 1 trust-eth in the Lord, * .

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: A and 1 whose hope the L6rd is.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Q.[_ the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the into;nati1:th notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter: "

For he shall be as a tree planted by the wa-ters, t that spreadeth out her roots-

1 by the riv-er; '" and shall not 1 fear when heat com-eth., _

But His leaf shall be green;, t and shall not be careful 11 in the year of drought; '" neither 1 shall cease from yield-ing fruit.

Glory be to the Fath- J, er, and to the + Son, * J, and to the Ho-ly Ghost.

1\s it was in the beginning, both J, now and ev-er, * and unto the ages 1 of a-ges. A-men.

Canticle of Wisdom of Jesus Ben Siracb II [Ecclus . 31:. 8 - 11):

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Canticle ,using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Bless-ed is the man that is found without blem-ish, t and hath 1 not gone af'-ter gold, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse.

(nor put. his trust in mon- 1 ey nor in treas-iires.)

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Q.[_ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Who is he and we will 1 call him bless-ed? '" for won-der-ful things hath he done 1 a-mong his peo-ple.

Who hath been tried there-by 1 and found per-feet? * 1 then let him glor-Y.

A Who might offend, and hath 1 not of-fend-ed? '" or done evil, J, and hath not done it?

His good shall 1 be es-tab-lish-ed, * and all the Church of the 1 Saints shall de-clare his ~iIms.

Glory be to the Fath- J, er, and to the + Son, '" J, and to the Ho-ly Ghost.

1\s it was in the beginning, both 1 now and ev-er, * and unto the ages 1 of a-ges. A-men.

, """"'". .. --------------------~

N 152 Mar. 12 I 25 - Morning Solemnity (Lauds) of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.Dj N 152

T hen I ~ ~ iii • iii it'ii J • • "IS ij

- = • "',' 1 1 _ • ~

All repeat: By the Gift of the Ho-Iy Ghost the glor-i-ous Prel-ate Greg-or-y was

... !!I 1111",

.,... 1 ~ I'i I .!'i

en-rich-ed; he shar-ed the Ap-os-tol-ic See,

I I IS 1 I III J II ~

I.. I

..,.. I

and con-vert-ed the Eng-lish peo-ple

•

liS • I

un-to the Faith of Christ.

The Versicle

y. I have bestowed help on one }hat is mighty. ~. I have .. raised up one chosen out of My people.

.. .

All Lessons and Responsories for the Night Vigils shall be found in the Lectionary. _"

The Collect

f

'I

o God, Who .hast given unto the soul of Thy servant Gregory the reward of " eternal bliss; mercifully grant that we who are weighed down by the burden of our ' sins may be relieved by his advocacy before Thee. Through Our Lord Jesus Chrlsr, Thy Son, Who liveth and re_iJ~neth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages. lit. Amen.

MORNING SOLEMNITY (Lauds) The Psalms

IJ~~~~I~~~.~I~i

Then the 1st Cantor alone §:: ~IIi

begins chanting the 1st Antiphon: 0 won-drous.

I~:I~~I~~I~~~~~~~~I"~~

1

All respond:

.,. 1 III III

I

Life work

I 1

of

III I ... 1
rs; 1 •
bless-ed Greg-or-y, at
1 III
1 I'i ~,IJ !'i
iii :I whose

1 • i

I 1

1

1 1 1

in-ter-ven-tion the Bones of the Lord's Bod-y, a Por-tion of the Fing-er, was e-ven

I 1:1 I 1 1 1 I. :I 1 • II J

:

Made Man-if-est with the Ear's Liv-ing Blood Flow-ing.

,+ ,j.",.,,* .

Tone 6 I (. I I] II. [. 0 I I] I... I' I • • 1 • 1 1

1 1 1

• :I

1 1 • Iii

Psalm 92: "

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the l st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein}:

The Lord is King, HE IS Cloth-ed with maj- 1 es-ty: *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: ,

the Lord IS Cloth-ed with strength and 1 He hath girt Him-self.



For He es-tab-lish-ed 1 the world * which 1 shall not he sha-ken.

Thy Throne is pre-, 1 par-ed Of old; * THOU ART 1 from ev-er-Ias-tjng.,

The rivers havg J Ilf't-ed up, 0 Lord; * the rivers have lifted 1 up their voi-ces. The rivers 1 will lift up their waves * at the voices of 1 man-y w~t-ers. Wonderful are the 1 surg-lngs Of the sea; * wonderful 1 on High is the Lord. Thy testimonies 1 are made ver-y sure; * holiness becometh Thy House, 0

1 Lord, un-to length of days.

Glory be to the 1 Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As r it was in the beginning, both 1 now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.


Then, • Itt !Ii I ,I , , III' ... s;' ' , ,ij

All repeat: 0 won-drous life work of bless-ed Greg-or-y, at whose

.-:- • .,. , III III ' ,. ','" III, !Ii ~'II';I ., i

!Ii I

in-ter-ven-tion the .Bones of the Lord's Bod-y, a Por-tion of the Fing-er, was e-ven

, ,I, 11, " • "

II ~

Made Man-if-est with the Ear's Liv-ing: Blood, Flow-ing. ...

The 2nd Cantor alone I ~':, II !Ii ' I

•

begins chanting the 2nd Antiphon:

For his life-work, al-so.

I , ..... ,

-' III ,

,

,

,

scrut-in-y; where-fore

tl~I~'~~·~~;'~~IIII~,~~.~~ ... ~/~~~~~~~~~~1I~~I~~I~~IIII~~!Ii~~~~~~ I

= '11';1 .'111

snatch-ed the soul of the most pa-gan Tra-jan, ex-chang-ed for with prayers and il

I 11';1 ~ !Ii;ll!fl i III jiii;I • II.· !

/'

tears, from the ver-y cham-ber of HeB.

T i ~A *

Tone 3 I (. ' ,] '" [':' 'J "" i ~ IB, ' I

respond:

He ma-keth

he

, , , '" , , ,

!Ii I , • ::I II ~

Psalm 99:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein):

Shout with ju~i1ation T On-to God, all the Earth; *

. '"


serve the "1 Lord with glad-ness.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire'chants the' entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Come be- T fore His Pres-ence * "1 with re- joi-cing.

Know ye that the T Lord Him-self is Our God. * It is He That hath made us, "1 and not we our-selves.

We are His people and the sheep of His pas-ture; t enter into His T gates with thanks-giv-ing, * into His Courts with hymns; "1 give thanks un-to Him.

Praise His Name, for the Lord is Good; t . .I-lis mercy en- T dur-eth for ev-er, * and His Truth unto generation and "1 gen-er-a-tion.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the It Son, * and "1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both T now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of "1 a-ges. A-men.

1~~~~~~~~~!Ii~' ~~~~ ... ~~~~~~~~~~

= " - - I ' III ,I I I '

Then

All repeat:

FI, •

For his life-work, al-so, he ma-keth scrut-in-y; where-fore he

'... II I I III I'i '"

III" 'I'i I' III

snatch-ed the soul of the most pa-gan Tra- jan, ex-chang-ed for with prayers and

I I'i ~ !Ii;ll!fl i III jiii;I , II

tears, from the ver-y cham-ber of Hell.

N 154 Mar. 12 I 25 - Morning Solemnity (Lauds) of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D~ N 154 I

The 1st Cantor alone

I '

, I ~

begins chanting the 3rd Antiphon:

His al-so.

All

,

,

". ~I

, ~

~'. J

-

respond:

,

'~

,

ill"

Is the praise-wor-thy com-mend-a-tion that

,

• •

,

II

, II ~

,

the new Church of the Eng-lish is ev-er cul-tiv .... a -:ted! at the

,t J,,&, A *

Tone 4 I [, , ,), , , [, 0 , 'J '" /" ' ' 8 , I ' , " ,

Psalm 62: ..

root.

,

.--... A

, , ,

, ill

, ' ...

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using this_ same Tone, includingthe intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein): to God, My God, *


unto Thee I t rise earl-y at dawn.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side' ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter.'

My soul hath t thirs-ted for Thee, * how often hath my t flesh long-ed af-ter

I

;r

r

Thec;H

In a land barren and untrodden and unwat-er-ed, t so in the Sanctuary have I

ap-pear- 1 ed be-fore Thee * to see Thy pow- 1 er and Thy Glor-j.

For Thy mercy is t bet-ter than Ii ves; >I< t my lips shall praise Thee.

So shall I bless t Thee in my life, * and in Thy Name will 1 I lift up my hands. As with marro)" and fatness let my 1 soul be fill-ed, * and with lips of rejoicing

t shall my mouth praise Thee.

If I remembered Thee on my bed, t at the dawn I medi- 1 ta-red "on Thee; * for Thou art 1 be-come My Help-cr.

In the shelter of Thy Wings will Ire-joice; t my sotll L hath cleav'd af-ter

Thee; * Thy Right Hand hath 1 been quick to help me., I

But as for these, in vain have they sought after my soul; t they shall go into the nether- 1 most parts Of the Earth; * they shall be surrendered unto the edge of the sword; portions 1 for fox-es shall they be.

But the king shall be glad in God; t everyone shall be praised that 1 swear-eth by Him; * for the mouth of them is stop- 1 ped that speak un-just things.

Glory be to the Fath- 1 er, and to the + Son, * l' and to the Ho-ly Ghost.


/ A

a-ges. A-men.

Then, All repeat:

I ".~" '~'.

His ai-so is the praise-wor-thy com-mend-a-tion that

, I ill ", ' ' ,." ' , , II ~

, , , ,J ill ; ~ J ij

,

'''"'I

the new Church of the Eng-lish is ev-er cul-tiv-a-ted at the root.


,

... I

,

~

I ij

,

begins chanting the 4th Antiphon,' Of this same one, al-so.

~I~=§§'~,~~",~~~~~~,~~~.~~I~~~~~

= ,; "'1' , ""I ill

All respond.'

I

I ; 'IS =

~·o = '

Celts, to-geth-er with the Saints rest-ing there, is he seen to be

Is it as-cri-bed un-to glor-y, that, with the glor-y of the

'.'. 10. .,. I, ... ... I ill ~.. ~ ;.. ~, ,

" I

con-stant in his prayers.


;

_ A

Tone 8 I [. • .] ••• (. B I I] ••• I • 0 • I • • • ••• • • •

.' • • • II,

The Benedicite (paraphrase of Daniel 3: 57 - 88, 56):

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 1st Canticle, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Bless the Lord, all ye works i Of the Lord, *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side I2.i the Quire completes the verse:

O praise ye the Lord an~ supremely exalt

Him iin- 1 to the a-ges. . ,

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side I2.i the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Bless the Lord, ye Ang-els i Of the Lord; * bless the 1 Lord, ye Heav-ens;

Bless the Lord, all ye waters -"a-bove the T Heav-ens; * bless the Lord, ye

1 pow-ers of·the"'Lord; .

.... Bless the Lord, 0 i Sun and Moon; * bless the Lord, ye 1 stars of .Heav-dn;

Bless the Lord, ev-'ry T ~ain and dew; * bless the Lord, 1 all ye winds of God; Bless the Lord, fire and heat of l' burn-ing; * bless the Lord, winter 1 cold and

sum-mer heat; < , ,/

Bless the Lord, 0 falls of l' dew and snow; * bless the 1 Lord, 0 lee and cold; ;1

Bless the Lord', 0 boar frosts i and snows; * bless the 1 Lord, 0 nights and days; , Bless the Lord, 0 Light and T dark-ness; * bless the Lord, 0 I Hght-nlngs and clouds; Let the Earth i bless the Lord; *_ ret it praise the Lord and supremely exalt HiTn

iin- 1 to the a -ges. / ~

_ Bless the Lord, 0 moun-tains i and hills; * bless the Lord, all ye things that

t spring up on the Earth; ~ ,

Bless the Lord, 0 T foiin-tains; * bless the Lord, 0 1 seas and riv-ers;

Bless the Lord, 0 monsters of the seas, and all ye things that move in the i wat-ers; * bless the Lord, all ye wing-ed t crea-tures of the sky;

Bless the Lord, 0 beasts and T cat-tie; * bless the 1 Lord, ye sons of men;

Let Is-ra-e) i bless the Lord; * let it praise the Lord and supremely exalt Him im- 1 to the a-ges.

Bless the Lord, ye Priests i of the Lord; * bless the Lord, ye 1 ser-vants of the Lord; Bless the • Lop,lT, ye spirits and ye souls of the r righ-teous; * bless the Lord,' ye

Saints and ye that be t hum-ble of heart; _ ,

Bless the Lord, 0 Ananias, Azar-i-as, and T Mis-a-el; * 0 praise ye the Lord

and supremely exalt Him un- t to the a-ges. ~

Let us bless the Father and the iii Son with the i' Ho-ly Ghost; * let us praise the Lord and supremely exalt Him iin- 1 to the a-ges.

Bless-ed art Thou, 0 Lord, in the firmament Of the i Heav-en; * Thou Who art Prais-ed and Glorifi-ed and supremely Exalted iin- 1 to the a-ges.

All repeat: Of this same one, al-so, is it as-cri-bed un-to glor-y, that, with the glor-y of the

I

~.. ~. /' ~.. .

Celts, to-geth-er with the Saints rest-ing there, is he seen to be con-stant in his prayers.

"·1 .. I. ~

1 I u' ~i '. '... !Ii !Ii I' III ;II I..

•


1

,ptw 1

begins chanting the 5th Antiphon.' Let us praise the Lord.

~~~~~~~~I~~~I~~'~~~'~~~111~~~'~~'~~

All respond: ... iii 1

That, by the teach-ings of most bless-ed

•

•

•

I.. IS

'i •

•

;II •

•

...

Greg-or-y, man-y through-out the whole world,

I

once en-ti- ced by sin, are

• IS 1

re-turn-ed un-to the clem-en-cy of Christ.

IS • • • I.. • III •

• II ~

N 156 [Mar. 12 I 25 - Morning Solemnity (Lauds) of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D~ N 156

... t J..S; ...... * ,!,J,:--" ...

Tone 4 I (I • I) I I I [I 0 • '] I I I • I • a I I I I I I I I I I • I III • 1'1 I II d

Psalms 148, 149, and 150:


Praise the Lord 1. from the Hea v-ens: *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side Q]_ the Quire completes the verse:

., .praise 1 Him in the High-dst.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Q£ the Quire chants the entire next verse


Praise Him, all 1 ye His Ang-els; * 1. praise Him, all ye His hdsts., Praise 1. Him, 0 Sun and Moon; * praise 1. Him, all ye stars and light.

Praise Him, ye Heav- 1. ens of- heav-ens; * and thou water that art above the heavens, let them praise 1. the Name of the Lord.

, For He spake, 1. and they came to be; * He commanded, and 1. they were cre-a-ted.

He established them f'or ever, yea, for ev- 1. er and ev-er; * He hath set an

ordinance,_and 1. it shall not pass a-way.

Praise 1. the Lord from the Earth, * ye dragons, and 1. all ye ab-Yss-es. Fire, hail, snow, ice, 1 blast of timp-est, * 1 (') which per-form His word, The moun- -1, tains and all the hills, * fruitful 1 trees, and aJI ce-dars,

The beasts and -1, all the cat-tie, * creep- -1, ing things and wing-ed birds,

Kings of the Earth -1, and all peo:pies, * princes and all -1, the judg-es of the Earth, Young men and vir-gins, t elders with the younger, let them praise the -1, Name

of the Lord; * for Exalted is -1, the Name of Him A-lone. .

His praise is above the -1, Earth and Heavj\n, * and He shall exalt the -1, horn of His pe6-ple. This is the 1 hymn for jll His Saints, * for the sons of Isra-el and for the

people 1 that draw nigh un-to Him. _ A

Sing un-to the -1, Lord a new song; * His praise is -1, in the Church Of the Saints. .Let .Isra-el be glad in -1, Hi m That made hi m; * let the sons of Syon -1, rejoice

in Their King. _ ; .

Let them praise t His Name in the dance; * with the timbrel and the psaltery

1 let them chant un-to Him. _

For the Lonj· .. taketh pleasure -1, in His peo-ple, * and He shall exalt the 1 meek with sal-va-tidn.

The Saints shall -1, boast in glor-y, * and they shall 1 re- joi ce up-on their beds. The high praise of God 1 shall be in their throat, *' and two-edged -1, swords

shall be in their hands; ,I

To do vengeance_a- -1, mong the heath-en, * punishments -1, a-mong the peo-ples; To bind their 1 kings with fet-ters, * and their nobles with man- 1 a-cles of i:,ronj, To do among them the judgInent 1 that is writ-ten: * "This glory 1 shall be to au His Saints. Praise -1, ye God in His Salnts. " praise Him in the flrrn-a+L ment of His pow-ere Praise Him lfOr His migh-ty acts;* praise Him according to the multit- Iude of His great-ness. Praise Him with the .1 sound of trum-pet; * praiseHim with 1 the psal-ter-y and h.iirp. Praise Him with 1 tim-brei and dance; * J., praise Him with strings and flute. Praise Him with tuneful s:ym-bals; t praise Him with cymbals of

-1, ju-bil-a-tion; * let 1 ev-'ry breath praise the Lord.

Glory be to the Fath- -1, er , and to the + Son, * -1, ... and to the Ho-Iy Ghost. ,

As it was in the beginning, both -1, now and ev-er, * and unto the ages -1, of a-ges. A-men.

Then, ~ ;; ~ I • III I I

IS = 1'1 I I I

Let us praise the Lord, that, by the teach-ings of most bless-ed

I '/

l

All repeat. "'I'I~

;II I

I

...

I

•

I

I., IS

•

•

Greg-or-y, rnan-y

I

IS • I I I.. • III I

• IS I


through-out the whole world, once en-ti- ced by

• 111

sin, are

The Chapter

The Hebdomadary alone chants the following Chapter iEcclus . 39.- 12, 13)_-

N 157 Mar. 12 I 25 - Morning Solemnity (Lauds) of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D~ N 157 Many shall commend the Wisdom of the righteous man; t and, so long as the world endureth, it shall not be blotted out; * his memorial shall not depart away, I· • I I" ij and his name shall live from generation unto generation. All respond: ~. Thanks be to God.

The Responsory

The 1st Cantor

•

I

- I

1';1. I •

~. I

0_

The Lord hath lov-ed him and a-dor - ned him.

• I I ~ I I'i. I • I ... I 1.1 I ij

alone chants.'

All r..espand:

The Hebdomadary

alone chants:

./

The Lord hath lov-ed him

~ • I • • • •

and a-dor - ned, him.

y. He c1oth-ed him with a robe of glor-y.

I. I "I 1/ 1.0 I~

o

I )1

I

All respond:

The H ebdomadary

And a-dor _-:- ned him.

I ~. /. • • • I

• •

• •

y.

I

•

Glor - y be to the Fath - er, and to the Son, + I • • • I I ij

and to the Ho - Iy Ghost.

I • I I ~ I 1';1, I •

I "I I 1.1 I.

All respond:

The Lord hath lov-ed him" and a-dor - ned him.

•

The Hymn and The Versicle . . ;

•

•

•

•

•

, I •

•

~·o

•

I

The 1st Cantor alone chants the intonation: 1. Je:- sus, the world's Re-deem-er, hear!

The 1st Cantor's side only completes line 1.- Thy The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 2.-

2. This meek Con- fes- sor of Thy Name,

4 ToThe 1st Cantor's side only chants line 3:

3. The world and all its boast- ed good,

4 As The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 4:

4. Grant then that we, most Gra-oous God,

4 May

Prel-ate's Fade-less Crown,draw near; 1.4

day at- tain'd a glor-ious fame; 2.4

vain and pass-ing, he es-chew'd, 3.4

fol - low in the steps he trod; 4.4

All chant line 5:

5':""""0 Christ, Most Lov-ing King, to Thee, .

4 With God

• I ~ •

the Fath - er , glor - y

be;

~ . 1. Ac- cept with gent-lest love to - day 4 The prayers and praises that we pay. 2. Whose year-ly Feast, in sol - emn state, -7 Thv faith - ful peo- pie eel - e - brate. 3. And there-fore, with angel - ic bands, ~

-7 In end - less joy for ev - er stands. 3.

4. And at his prayer Thy ser-vants free 4 From stain of all in - i-quit - y. 5. Like glor- v, as is ev - er meet,

~ 4 To

•

•

•

•

II u

•

•

•

1.

2.

4.

God the Ho - Iy Par -a - c1ete.

5.

N 158 ~ar. 12 I 25 - Morning Solemnity (Lauds) of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D~ N 158 I

,

II ~

Then All chant the "Amen" as follows:

A

men.

Y/. Pray for us, 0 bless-ed Gregory.

~. That we may be rendered meet for the promises of Christ.

Th~ Antiphon on the Benedictus and the Benedictus

Then is sung the Antiphon on the Benedictus , which is I i jIIji II .' jIIji P'i ~ , (

always begun by the Abbor (or Senior in Quire) alo~e: To-day the cho F~ s~n ves-sel.

All continue the

Antiphon as [ollows:

I I

, ...... ~ , .. , "- !Ii ~ _ ::I~. "- I 1!Ii::l ' '..:I !Ii I . I t! JIIji

III II

And Dwell-ing-Place of the

, II

1"-

.... Ho - Iy Ghost, the most bless-ed Bish-op Greg - or-y, hav-ing been ta-ken a-way

I I II II jIIji I I ... I {'I ~ • I "- ;.. I ; ... I I "ij

from this light, un-to the See of the Heav-en-ly King-dom was trans-fer-ed.

The Benedictus (Luke 1. 68 - 79):

After the Antiphon on the Benedictu~i the Benedictus itself is begun

I

I 'i

t

I

I II

I I I ~

by 1st Cantor alone: + Bless-ed be the Lord God of Is-ra-el; *.

Only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire responds with the 2nd half of the lst verse

I ,... • I II , , , , " ,I "- II~

~'. . ..

of the Benedictus: for He hath v·i·s-it-ed and wrought re-demp-tion for His peo-ple,

1-_ "A*l, •• J,~::-'-'..1

Tone 4 I jIIji. ,I , teiH, , " JIIji 1 I II G I I r .J [0 0 G I] "' I , , I "- I ,.., II ~ "-

Only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the Znd verse of the Benedictus ,

using this Tone, including the intonation notes: .' I

And hath rais-ed up a horn of 1. sal-va-tion for" us * 1. in the House of l His ser-vant Da-vid;

And then J only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (including the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

As He spake by the 1. mouth of His ho-ly ones, ~ J, the Proph-ets Of old,

That we should be sa- 1. ved from our en-em-ies, * 1. and from the hands L of

all that hate us; .

To deal mer-ci-ful- 1.IY with our fath-ers, * 1. and tore-mem-ber J, His Ho-lv

C' A "

ov-en-ant. /

The oath which He sware to 1. our fath-er A-br~-ham: * that J, He would grant

un-to us, . ~

That we be de-liv-er-ed out of the 1. hand of our en-em-ies, * 1. that we might

l serve Him, with-out fear, ~ ~

In ho-li-ness and righ- 1. teoiis-ness be-fore Hi m, * all J, the days of ~06r life. And thou, 0 child, shalt be call-ed the Proph- 1. et of the Most High; * 1. for

thou shalt go before the Face of the J, Lord to pre-pare His ways; _

To, give know-ledge of salvation 1. un-to His peo-ple, * 1. by the J, re-mis-sion Of their sins,

Through the bow-els 1. of mer-cy of Our God; * 1. where-by the Day-spring from on High J, hath vis-it-ed us,

To give Light_to them that sit in darkness, and in 1. the shad-ow Of death, * 1. to guide our feet J, in-to the Way of Peace.

Glor-y be to the 1. Fath-er, and to the + Son, * J, and to the Ho-ly Ghost.

1\s it was in the beginning, 1. both now and ev-er, * 1. and un-to the a-ges l of a-ges. A-men.

N 1591

Mar. 12 I 25 - Prime of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D.

1 N 159

'i ~ To-day I

I .... i!iiIIII. • ~ ~ ~ ~·o ~ •• ,.. I • • ~ ,... • tI ,..

Then All repeat:

I

,.. cho - sen

•

•

• I

.~

the

ves-sel

and

Dwell-ing- Place

III of

~ the

Ho - ly Ghost, the most bless-ed Bish-op Greg - or-y, hav-ing been ta-ken a-way

I I 1

• I ~ ~ • -... • ~. '" ::I • ~ 1.0 • I ... •• II

from this light, un-to the See of the Heav-en-ly King-dom was trans-f'er-ed.

The Collect

o God, Thou That hast granted unto tis' this most holy day in dbservance of the Solemnity of Thy blessed confessor and Bishop Gregory, graciously be Attentive unto the prayers of Thy Church, that It may be strengthened by the entreaties of him by whose deeds It is made glorious. Through Our Lord/Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the ~nity. of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages. ~ .. Amen.

... The Procession

A Procession is made immediately before (Icon Shrine) of Sf. Gregory the Great

while the following Antiphon is

begun by the 1st Cantor alone:.

the first Commemoration to the Altar

I

I
... 1 • • ij ',I
r
I
set-ting forth the In

proc-larn - a-tion of thy bless- ed-ness.

I~~~~~I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

All continue the = 1 ~ 0.1


• I ,.. • I

1

The en-ti - 1 •

I ~.~
rs-. I~,·o ,.. • ~ ~ ij
re Church, no-bly in-struct-ed
...
r- ,.. 1 • ...~ I i by thee, doth tri-umJ.!h. Hail! Most dis-ting-uish-ed Fath-er! Hon-our of the

I . ._ I .II "'''''. ~. ... .~ II .~ I • ~.~

• _ : "III ~ [!!..... r! 1·'. Ii h I ". ,.. I • r!::::::::ij

Ro-mans! Glor-y of the Eng-lish! Joy of the Celts! Saint Greg-or-y,

I r- ,..1".::1 ,.. 1 • I ,..I •• ~I. ,.. ,.. ...... II'

in-ter - cede for our sal-va-tion and for that of all man-kind.

Y. The Lord led the just man through the straight paths.

~. And shew-ed unto him the Kingdom of God.

YJ. Let us pray. 0 God, Who hast given unto the soul of Thy servant Gregory the reward of eternal bliss; mercifully grant that we' who are weighed down by the burden of our sins may be relieved by his advocacy before Thee. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages. W. Amen. ","

PRIME .

JI~~~~I~~~.~I~~

The 1st Cantor alone ~ .... ~

begins chanting this Antiphon: 0 won-drous.

I

1

•

•

~ • ... r-.; • I
• •
bless-ed Greg-or-y, at whose
• .. j
• ,.. ~.~ • •
,.. I •

All respond:

.,. . .. ..

•

Life work

1 •

of

I •

•

• I •


I' .::1. • 1. •• I • • II ij


N 160 I


IN 160

N.B. When this Feast falls on a Sunday, it is transf ered to Monday

(Mar. 13/26). On a Monday only, Prime continues as here given, but on a Tuesday it continues with the Psalms as given on pp. N 162 - N 164, and on a Wednesday with the Psalms as given on pp. N 164 - N 166, and on a Thursday with the Psalms as given on pp. N 166 - N 168, and on a Friday with the Psalms as given on pp. N 168 - N 170, qnd on a Saturday with the Psalms as given on pp . N 171 - N 173 .

... t -!'''A* J.,z. :--"A

Tone 6 I [. · .) • ~ • [. DI I) II.. •• I • • • • II • •• .:... II ij

Psalm 1:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the lst Psalm portion, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Bless-ed is the man that hath n .. ot walked in the counsel of the ungod-ly, t nor

stood in the T wiiJ' of sin-ners, * .

Then, on·ly the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

/' . nor sat in the T seat of the pes-til-ent.


(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alte~nating the verses thereafter: (,

But his will is rather in the T law of the Lord, '" and in His law will he)l

i med-it-ate day and- night. I

And he shall be like the tree which is planted by the T streams of the

wat-ers, ~ which shall bring forth its i Jr"ult in its sea-son. /i

i And its leaf shall not fan; * and all things whatsoever he may i do shall pros-per. Not so are the un- T god-ly, not so; * but rather they are like the chaff which the wind doth hurl away i from the face Of the Earth.

For this reason shall the ungodly not i stand up in judg-ment, * nor sinners in

the council T of the righ-teous. ,

For the Lord knoweth the T way of the righ-teous, '" and. the way of the un- i god-ly shall per-ish.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the It Son, * and i to the Ho-ly Ghost. ,

As it was in the beginning, both T now and ev--er, '" and unto the ages of i a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 2:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm portion, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Why have the T hea-then ra-ged, * I

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: A

and the peoples medit- t a-ted emp-ty things?

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

The kings of the Earth were arou-sed, t am! the rulers were as- i sem-bled to-geth-er, '" against the Lord, and T ag-ainst His Christ.

Let us break their T bonds as-un-der, '" and let us cast a-way i their yoke from us. He That dwelleth in the Heavens T shall laugh them to scorn, * and the Lord

shall T de-ride them. , '

Then shall He speak T On-to them in His wrath: '" and in His anger T shall He

troub-le them. ,

Bqt as for Me, I was Established as King by Him, t upon Syon His i Ho-ly

Moun-tain, '" Proclaiming the com- l' mand-rnent Of the Lord. _

The T Lord said un-to Me: * "Thou art My Son; this day have i Ibe-got-ten Thee." Ask of Me, and I will give Thee the nations for i Thine in-her-it-ance, '" and the uttermost parts of the Earth for T Thy pos-ses-sldn.

Thou shalt herd them with a i rod of i-ron, * Thou shalt shatter them like a

T pot-ter's ves-sels.

And now, i 0 ye kings, un-der-stand; '" be instructed, all i ye that jujlge the Earth. Serve T ye the Lord wit_h fear, '" and rejoice in i Him with trem-bling.

Lay hold of instruc-tion, t lest at any time the T Lord be Ang-ry, '" and ye

perish T from the righ-teous way. ,

Wl!.en quickly His i wrath be kin-died, '" blessed are all that have T piit their trust in Him.

Glory be to the i Fath-er, and to the It Son, '" and i to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both T now and ev--er, '" and unto the ages of i a-ges. A-men.

N 161 [


[ N 161

Tone 6

1- J..VA*

I (I I I) I II [I: I I] II I I

.-

_ A

I I I III I I I

I :::I

I I I II ~

Psalm 2:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm portion, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Why have the hea-then t ra-ged, '"


." and the peoples medl- t ta-ted emp-ty things?

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side, ei: .. the Qy.ire chants thl entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

The kings of the Earth were arou-sed, tang the rulers were assem-bled to- t geth-er, '" against the Lord, t and ag-ainst His Christ.

Let us break their bonds as- t un°-"'der; * and let us cast a- t way their yoke from us. He That dwelleth in the Heavens shall laugh them J, to scorn, '" and the Lord

... t shall de-ride them. _' _

Then shall He speak iirr-to them in J, His wrath, '" and in His anger J, shall He

troub-le them. '

Butas for Me, I was Established as King by Him, t upon Syon His Ho-Iy .1

t Moun-lain, * Proclaiming the com- t mand-ment Of the Lord. _ I,

The Lord said tin- t to Me: '" "Thou art My Son; this day have t I be-got-ten Thee." Ask of Me, and I will give Thee/the nations for Thine in-her- t it-ance, '" and

the uttermost parts of the Earth for t T'hy pos-ses-slon. '

Thou shalt herd them with a rod of J, i-ron, '" Thou shalt shatter them like a

t pot-ter's ves-sels.

And now, 0 ye kings, tin- J, dar-stand; * be instructed, all t ye that ji!dge the Earth. Serve ye the Lord J, with fear, '" and rejoice in t Him with trem-bling.

Lay hold of instruc-ti~n, t lest at any time the Lord be J, Ang-rj', '" and ye

perish J, from the righ-teous way. ;

When quickly His wrath be t kin-died, "', blessed are all that have t piit their trust in Hi m.

Glory be to tw Fath-er, and to t the + Son, * and J, to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in' the beginning, both now and t ev-er,' '" and unto the ages" of, t a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 6: I

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm portion, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein):

o Lord, re-buke me not in Thine t ang-er, '"

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse:"

nor chas- J, ten me in Thy wrath.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse {omitting the intonation notes}, the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Have mercy on me, 0 Lord, for I J, am weak, * heal me, 0 Lord, for my

t bones are trotib-led.

And my soul is troub-led J, gre~t-Iy; :;. but J, Thour 6 Lord, how lOng?

Turn to me again, 0 Lord, de-liv-er 1 my soul; * save me J, for Thy mer-cy's sake. For in, death there is none that is mind-ful J, Of Thee; :I< and in Hades who J, will

con-Hiss Thee? , _

I toiled in my groan-ing; t every night I will wash J, my bed; * with tears will I J, wat-er my couch.

Through wrath is mine eye be-come J, troub-led: '" I have grown old among J, all mine en-em-ies.

_ Depart from Arne, all ye that work van- J, it-y; '" for the Lord hath heard the

voice J, of my weep-ing. ,

The Lord hath heard my siip-plic- J, a-tiOn; * the Lord .1 hath re-ceived my prayer. Let all mine enemies be greatly put to shame and be J, troub-led; :I< let them be turned back, and speedily be J, great-ly put to shame.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to 1 the + Son, * and .1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both now and J, ev-er, '" and unto the ages of J, a-ges. A-men.

N 1621 Mar. 12 / 25 - Prime of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D. 1 N 162
I :I • :I • • III • ... rs;' 1
Then, "'iii • •
I i'- • III III • :I • • 1 • • III M
I • • • iii ~.~ • •
~ :I in-ter-ven-tion the-Bones of the Lord's Bod-y, a Por-tion of the Fing-er, was e-ven

I. .:1. • 1. •• :I •• II.

Made Man-if-est with the Ear's Liv-ing Blood Flow-Ing.

The Chapter

The Hebdomadary alone chants the following Chapter (Isaias 33: 2):

Now unt!> thl:! King Eternal, Immortal; In~ble, t the One Only Wise I • '.:1 ,,1

, .

God, be honour and glory 'i' unto Jhe ages of ages. Amen. All respond: W. Thanks be to God.

T he proper for Terce begins on re N 173"

Psalms for Prime gn Tuesday

Tone 6

•••

,t '!'VA.*

[ • 0 • I) ••• _ : ~" • I • • •.•••

• • •

.:1 • • • Iii

Psalm 7:


o Lord My God, in Thee have I put 1 my hope; *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse: /

save me from them that persecute me, and do 1 Thou de-liv-er me.


Lest at any J,ime like a li-on he seize 1 my soul, * when there is none to

re- 1 deem me, hor"'to save., ~ . " ,

o Lord My God, if I have 1 done this, '" if there be in-jus- 1 tice in my hands, If I have paid back evil to them that rendered e-vil tin- 1 to me, '" then let me

fall back empty 1 from mine en-em-ies. , I

_ Then let the enemy pursue my soul, t and take it; and let him tread down my

life in-to 1 the earth, '" and my glory let him bring 1 down in-to the dust. A

Arise, 0 Lord, in Thine lfutg--er;*exalt Thyself to the furthest boundaries lOf Thine en-em-ies, ~nd arouse Thyself, 0 Lord My God, in the commandment which Thou hast

1 en-joined, '" and a congregation of peoples 1 ~hall sur-round Thee. A

And for their sakes re-turn Thou 1 on High; * the Lord shall l jiidge the peo-ples. Judge me, O/Lord, according to my rlgh- 1 teous-ness, '" and according to mine

in-no- 1 cence with-in me. _ /

Let the wickedness of sinners be ended, anddo Thou guide the righ- 1 teous

man, '" 0 God, That search est 1 oiit the hearts and reins: /

Righteous is my help 1 from God, '" Who saveth them who 1 are up-right of heart. God is a Jud~e That is Righteous, Strong and For- 1 bear-ing '" and inflicteth

1 not wrath ev-'ry day. ~

Unless ye be converted, His glittering sword shall He 1 fur-bish; * He hath bent

His bow, and hath 1 made it rea-dy, _

And on it He hath made ready the in-stru-ments 1 of death; '" His arrows for them that rage hotly hath 1 He per-fec-ted. /

Behold, he was jn travail with un-rlgh- 1 teous-ness; * he hath conceived toil and broiight 1 forth [n-i-qult-y. ~

He opened a pit and 1 dug it; '" and he shall fall into the 1 hole which he hath made. Pis toil shall return up-on his 1 own head, * and upon his own pate shall his

un- 1 righ-teous-ness come down; ,

I will give praise unto the Lord according to His righ- 1 teens-ness; '" and I will chant unto the Name 1 of the Lord Most High.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to 1 the + Son, '" and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost. /

As it was in the beginning, both now and 1 ev-er, '" and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

N 1631


IN 163

Tone 6

/

__ A

I I I III I I I

I ;

I I I ,,1

Psalm 8: _

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

o Lord, Our Lor'l, how Won- J, der-f'ul *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the ver se: ~ • is Thy J, Name in all the Earth.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the t~o sides alternating the verses thereafter:

For Thy magnifi-cence is J, lif-ted *' high a- J, bove the Heav-ens.

Out of the mouths of babes and sucklings hast Thou perfected praise, be-cause .... of Thine en- J, em-i es, * to destroy the enemy J, and av-en-ger.

For I will behold the Heavens, the works of Thy J, Fing-ers, * the moon and the

stars, which J, Thou hast found-ed. _ ~ ,

_ What js man, that Thou art Mind-ful J, of him, ;;. or the son of man, that Thou ,f

J, vis-it-est him? /1

Thou hast made bim a little lower than the ang-els; t with glory and honour I hast Thou crown- J, ed hi m; ;;. and Thou past set him over the J, works of Thy Hands. I, All things hast Thou subjected-under his feet, t sheep and all J, ox-en, ;;. yea,

and the J, beasts of the field, _

The birds of the air, and the fish of J, the sea, * the things that pass through the

J, paths _of the sea.

o Lord, J, Our Lord, * how Wonderful is Thy J, Name in all the Earth! Glory be to the Fath-er, and to J, the + Son, * and J, to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both now and J, ev-er, * and unto the ages of J, a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 9 vv. 1 - 18:

The 2nd Cantor~lone chants the first half of the lst verse of the 1st portion o/the, 3rd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

I will confess Thee, 0 Lord, with my J, whole heart; *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Q[ the Quire completes the verse:'

I will tell of J, all Thy won-ders.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side Q[ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), tfte two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

A I will be glad and rejoice J, in Thee; * I will chant unto Thy J, Name, 0 Most

High.

When mine enem-y be turn- J, ed back, * they shall grow weak and shall per- J, ish be-fore Thy Face.

For Thou hast maintained my judg-ment and J, my cause; ;;. Thou hast sat upon

a Throne, 0 Thou That J, judg-est righ-teous-ness. ~

Thou hast rebuked the heathen, and the ungodly man hath J, per-Ish'd * his name Thou hast blotted out for ever, and unto a- J, g~s of a-ges.

The swords of the enemy have ut-ter-ly J, fail-ed, * and his cities Thou J, hast

des-troy-ed. .: ~

The remembrance of him hath perished with a re-sound- J, ing noise; ;;. but the

Lord for ev- J, er ab-I-ddth. ,

In judgment hath He prepared His Throne, t and He Himself will judge the world in righ- J, teous-ness; ;;. He will judge the peoples J, in up-right-ness.

And the Lord is Become a Refuge for the poor J, man, ;I< a Helper in times of well-being and J, in af-flic-tions.

And let them that know Thy Name hope J, in Thee;;;' for Thou hast not forsaken them J, that seek Thee, 0 Lord.

Chant unto the Lord Who dwell-eth in J, Sy-on; * proclaim ye His way a- J, mong the nations.

For He That maketh enquiry for blood hath re-mem- J, ber'd them; * He hath not forgotten the cry J, of the p!:lu-pers.

Have mercy 9n me, J, 0 Lord;;;' see my humiliation which I have suffered J, from mine en-em-ies,

N 1641

Mar. 12 / 25 - Prime of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D .

1 N 164

... T ,J,v ...... * .,1,,& ;""_'A

Tone 6 (continued) I III (10' IJ II. I • I I • • • II. • •• .:1 ••• 11_

o Thou That dost raise me up from the gates ~ of death; :I< that I may declare all Thy praises in the gates of the dailgh- 1 ter of Sy-on.

We will rejoice in Thy sal- ~ va-tldn; * the heathen are ensnared in the de-struc- ~ tion which thev have wrought.

In this snare which 1 they hid * 1 hath their foot been caught.

The Lord is Known by the judgments which He ex-ec- 1 u-t~th; * in the works of His Own Hands hath the ~ sin-ner been-caught ..

Let sinners be turned away On-to 1 Ha-des, * yea, all the nations that are for- J, get-ful of God.

For the poor man shall not be, for-got-ten t6 J, the end; * the patience of the

paupers shall not per- J, ish for ev-er. '

.... Glory be to the Fath-er, and to J, the It Son, * and ~ to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the begirming, both now and 1. ev-er, * and unto the ages of 1. a-ges. A-men.

~~~~~~.~~~.~~:I~~~.~~~.~~~~~~.~~~~~~~~I~~~~I~~J/I'

Then, • Itt !Ii • ... PS:I •• - ~/

!

All repeat:

I· • ".

•

won-drous III III •

life :I

work

of

bless-ed

Greg-or-y,

at

whose

o

•

• I •

•

III •

•

• -j

•


•• I -:-. •

• .' - '.' • I II.


The Chapter

The Hebqomgdary alone chants the following Chapter (Isaias .. 3: 2( ,

Now unto the King Eternal, Immortal, Invisible, t the One Only Wise I • =111,

God, be honour and glory * unto the ages of ages. Amen. All,respond:~. I Thanks be to God.

I

The proper for Terce begins on pp . N 173.

Psalms for Prime On Wednesdav

"

_ A

• •

• :I

• • • II ~

Psalm 9: vv. 19 - 38:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the firfit verse of the 2nd portion of the 1st Psalm, using this Tone, including the inionaiion. notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Arise, 0 Lord, let not man 1 pre-vail; *


let the nations be jiidg- 1. ed be-fore Thee.


o Lord, set a law-giv-er 0- ~ ver them; * let the heathen know ~ that they are but men. Why, 0 Lord, hast Thou gone to stand a- J, far off; * why dost Thou overlook

us in times of well-being and ~ in af'-f'llc-tldns? " ~

When the ungodly man is arrogant" the poor man burn-eth 1. with-in; * they are

caught in the coiin- 1. sels which they de-vise. ,

For the sinner praiseth himself il!, the lusts of ~ his soul; * and the unrighteous

man likewise bless- J, eth him-self there-in. .

The sinner hath pro-vok'd J, the Lord; * according to the magnitude of His ~ wrath, he car-eth not.

N 1651


1 N 165

Tone 6

" -A

•••••••••

• ill

• • • II ~

God is not be- 1 fore him * profane are his ~ays in 1 ev-'ry sea-son.

_ Thy judgments are re-mov-ed from J_ his si ght; :I< over all his enemies shall he

t gain do-mln-lon, ,

For he sald In t his heart: * "I shall not be shaken; from generation to

generation shall I J_ be with-out harm." _ ~.

With cursing is his mouth filled, and with bit-ter-ness and 1 de-eel ti :I< under

his tongue are t toil and Irav-ail. :, ~ "". ,

He sitteth in ambush with the rich in se-cret J_ pla'-ces, * that he may t slay the in-no-cent.

_ His eyes are set up-on the 1 poor man; * he lieth in wait in a secret place like a

t Ii -on in his den.

He lieth in wait tq seize up-on-the J_ poor man,:I< to seize upon the poor man

when he t draw-seth him in. _, .

.... In his snare will he hum-ble t him-self; ... he will bow down and fall while

gaining dominion J, o-ver the pcdr,

For he said in his heart: "God hath for- 1 got-ten; :« He hath turned away His

Face, that He might not t see un-to the end."" ~ .I

Arise, 0 Lord My God, let Thy Hand be Lif- 1 ted high; * forget not Thy;1

t pau-pers to the end. !

_Why hath the ungodly one pro-vo-, 1 ked God? * For he hath said in his hearj;

"He will t not make en-q uir-y. / - -: .

Thou seest, for Thou understandest trav-ail and 1 ang-er, '" that Thou mightest deliver him 1 in-to Thy Hands.

To Thee hath the beggar been ab- J_ an-don'd '" for the orphan art 1 Thou a Help-er. Break Thou the arm of the sinner and Of the e- 1 vii man; * his sin shall be sought out 1 and be found no more.

The Lord shall, be King for ever, and unto the a-ges of 1 a-ges; :I< ye heathen shall perish lout of His land.

The desire of the poor hast Thou heard, 1 0 Lord; * to the preparation of their heart hath Thine Ear t been At-ten-tive,

To judge. forzthe orphan and the 1 hum-ble, '" that man may no more presume

to be haiigb- 1 ty up-on the Earth. -

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to 1 the + Son, :I< and J_ to, the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both now and 1 ev-~r, '" and lunto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 10:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

In the Lord have I ho-ped; t how will ye say to 1 my soul: '" Then. only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: _

"Flee unto the mountains J_ like a spar-row?


For behold, the sinners have bent their bow, t 'they ,have prepared arrows for the 1 quiv-er, '" to shoot down in a moonless night 1 the up-right of heart.

For what Thou hast formed they have de- 1 stroy-ed; * and the righteous

t man, what hath he done? ,

The Lord is in His Ho-ly 1 Tern-pie; * the Lord, in 1 Heav-en is His Throne.

His Eyes are set up-on the 1 poor man; ... His Eyelids ex-am- 1 ine the sons of men. The Lord examineth the righteous man and the un- 1 god-ly; '" but he that

loveth unrighteousness ha- 1 teth his own sojll.

He will rain down snares up-on 1 sin-ners; * fire and brimstone and wind of

tempest shall be the 1 por-tion of their cup. ,

For the Lord is Righteous and hath loved righ- 1 teous-ness; :I< upon uprightness

hath His 1 Coun-ten-ance Iodk'd. .

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to 1 the + Son, ... and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both now and 1 ev-er, '" and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

N 1661


1 N 166

Tone 6

,

_ A

•••••••••

• :::I

• • • II ~

Psalm 11:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes {within the firs} set of brackets therein):

Save me, 0 Lord, for a righteous man there is ~ no more; * Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

for truths have diminish-ed ~ from the sons of men.

And then, only the" 1 st Cantor's siile, Qj_~the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Vain things hath each man spoken to pis ~ neigh-bour; * deceitful lips are in his heart, and in his heart hath he ~ spo-ken ~e-vils.

Let the Lord des-troy aU de-ceit- J, ful lips, * and the tongue that J, speak-eth boast-ful words. Which have said: "Our tongue will we mag-ni-fy; t our lips are ~ our "" own; * who 1 is lord o-ver us?,

_ "Because of the distress-of the beggars and the groan-ing Of J, the poor, * now

will I ~ a-rise," saith the Lord. A •

"I will establish them in sal- J, va-tion: * I will be ~ Man-if-est there-in." f

The words of the Lord are J, pure words, * silver that is fired, tried in the ;1

earth, brought to sev- ~ en-fold pu-rit-Y. I

Thou, 0 Lord, shalt keep us and shalt prelserve Os,*from this generation, ~ and for evermore .. The un-god-ly walk round J, 3J~.c-OOt; * to the measure of Thy Loftiness hast Thou es-teem- ~ ed the sons of men.

Glory be to the Fath-er l and to J, the lie Son, * and ~ to the Ho-ly Ghost.


Then, I i\ ",:::I .:::1 • • l1li' ... ,..". ' I •


I. I . .,. I l1li l1li • .:1 I I', • l1li I '" II'" I. i

• '" :I


I' 1:::1· I -:- I '. :::I • I II

Made Man-if-est with the Ear's Liv-ing Blood Flow-ing,' The Chapter

The Hebdomadary alone chants the following Chapter (Isaias 33: 2):

Now unto the King Eternal, Immortal, Invisible, t the One Only Wise ~I ~§I§~~I ~.~=§g111

God, be honour and glory * unto the ages of ages. Amen. All respond: W. Thanks be to God.

The proper for Terce begins on pp . N 173_

Psalms for Prime On Thurs<!!y

Tone 6

t J, V A *

I [I · I] II. [.:. '] II I •

" -"

I I I I I I • I ... • I

I :::I

I • I 11'

Psalm 12:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the lst Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

How long, 0 Lord, wilt Thou utter-ly for- 1 get me? *


How long wilt Thou turn Thy 1 Face a-way from me?

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side el: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Hqw long shall I take counsel in Irny soOl,*with grievings in my heart Iby day and by night?

How long shall mine enemy be exalted 0- J, ver me? * Look upon me, hear J, me, o Lord My God.

N 1671

Mar. 12 I 2S - Prime of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D.

1 N 167

t I * J..~ :"-'A

Tone 6 I [0 • 0) "0 [0 ~ • ')" 0 0 ~ : ~ I 0 0 0 "0 0 0 0 0" 0 0 II'

Enlighten mine eyes, lest at any tim~ I sleep tin- .l to death; * lest at any time

mine enemy say: "I have pre-vail- ,], ed a-gainst him." .

They that afflict me will rejoice if I am ,], sha-ken; * but as for me, I have

hoped ,], in Thy mer-cy. .

My heart will rejoice in Thy sal-va-tion: t I will sing unto the Lord, Who is My Ben-ef'- ,], ac-tor; * and I will chant unto the .N~m(} L of the Lord MOst High.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to J, the + Son, * and J, to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both now and L ev-er, * and unto the ages of ,], ii-ges. A-men.

/

Psalm 13: ..

.... The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using the

same Tone, including the intonati6r;. notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

The fool hath said in t his heart: *


, ,], (') "There is no God."

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side_. ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating theverses thereafter:

They are become corrupt and loath-some in ,], their ways; * there is none that do- t eth good, no not one.

The Lord looked down from Heaven up-on the sons t of men, * to see if there be any that under-stand t or seek af-ter God.

They are all gone astray, they are altogether ren-der-ed t use-less; * there is none that do- t eth good, no not one.

, (Their throat is an open sep-ul-chre; t with their tongues have they spo-ken

de-ceit- t ful-ly; * the poison of asps is t un-der their_lips; ~

With cursing is his mouth filled, and with bit-ter-ness and ,], de-ceit; * their

feet are 1 swift to shed blood. ,

Destruction a.nd misery are in their ways; t and the way of peace have they

t not known; * there is no fear of ,], God be-fore their eyes.) . ~

Shall not all they that work iniquity come to un-der- t stand-ing? * They that eat up my people as they eat bread have not t call'd up-on ~he, Lord.

There have they fear'd ,], with fear, * t where there.Is no fear. I

For the Lord is in the gene rat jon of the 1 righ-teous; * the counsel of the poor man have ye shamed, but t the Lord is His Hope.

Who shall give out of Syon the salvation of Is-ra-el? t Wben the Lord hath turned back the captivity of His t peo-ple, * Jacob shall rejoice and Is- J, ra-el shall be glad.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to ,], the + Son, * and t to the H6-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both now and ,], ev-er, * and unto the ages of

t a-ges. A-men. .

I

',I

I

Psalm 14

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the [irst yerse of the 3rd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set' of brackets therein):

o Lord, who shall abide in Thy Tiib-er- ,], nac-le, *


and who shall dwell in Thy I Ho-ly Moun-tain?

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse


He that walk-eta 1 blame-less, * and L work-eth rlgh-tcous-ndss: ,

Speak-ing Truth in 1 his heart, * who hath not spoken de-ceit- t ful-ly with his tongue. Neither hath done evil to his ,], neigh-bour, * nor taken up a reproach

a- J, gainst those near him.

In his si_ght he that worketh e-vil is set J. at nought; * but he glorifieth J. them that fear the Lord.

He giveth oath to his neighbour, and f'or-swear-eth .not; t he hath not lent his mon-ey on u- J. su-ry, * and hath not received bribes a- J. ~ainst the in-no-cent.

He that de-eth t these thi ngs * shall nev- 1 er be sha-ken.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to J, the + Son, * and J. to the Ho-lyGhost.

_ As, it ,!as in the beginning, both now and ,], ev-er, * and unto the ages of

L a-ges. A-men.

N 1681

Mar. 12 / 25 - Prime of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D.

1 N 168

Then,

I

; .; •• III' ifi._...I.

~,.. ~

•

•

won-drous

l1li l1li •

life ;

work

of

bless-ed

Greg-or-y,

at

whose

I • I

All repeat:

I' II .,.

o

•

• 1 •

•

•

;

I

-


.. ; .. 1. '. :::I ••

II ~

,..

Made Man-if-est with the Ear's Liv-ing Blood Flow-Ing.

The Chapter

The Hebdomadary alone chants the following Chapter (Isaias 33.' 2):

Now unto th; King Eternal, Immortal, Invisible, t the One Only Wise ~1~~'~~'~~'~;3IgI1

God, be honour and glory .;0 unto ihe ages of ages. Amen. All respond: J.¥. Thanks be to God.

The proper for Terce begins on pp. N 173. ,

Psalms for Prime On Fridav

"" T .r.t""v A *

Tone 6 1[' .. ] ... [.0.1) •••• -. • '1' I I 1.1

Psalm 15:

,

_ A

/'

I • I

I ;

I • • "i

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 1st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the (irst set of brackets thereinli ,

Keep me, 0 Lord, for in Thee have I hoped; t I said unto the Lord: "Thou art

.1. My Lord; '" .


" for of my .1. goods, no need hast Thou."


In the Saints that are in His Earth hath the Lord been .1. won-drous: '" He hath wrought all J.. His de-sires in them.

Their infirmit-ies in- .1. crea-sed; '" there-up- .1. on they ha-sten-ed.

I will not assemble their as-sem-blies 1 Of blood, '" 'nor will I make remembrance of 1 their names through my lips.

The Lord is the Portion of mine inherit-ance and Of 1 my cup; '" Thou art He That restorest mine in-her- 1 it-ance un-to me.

Portions have fallen to me that are a-mong J.. the best; '" for mine inheritance is

....

most J.. ex-cel-lent to me.

I will bless the Lord Who hath given me un-der- 1 stand-Ing: '" moreover, even

till night have my 1 reins in-struc-ted me. .

I beheld the Lord ev-er be- J.. fore me; '" for He is at my right hand, that I might 1 not be sha-ken.

Therefore did my heart re-joice and my tongue J.. was glad; '" moreover, my .1. flesh shall dwell in hope.

For Thou wilt not abandon my soul in J.. Ha-des, '" nor wilt Thou suffer Thy Holy One to .1. see cor-rup-tion.

Thou hast made known to me the ways Of life, t Thou wilt fill me with gladness with Thy Coun- .1. ten-ance; '" delights are in Thy Right 1 Hand for ev-er.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to 1 the + Son, '" and .1. to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and J.. ev-er, '" and unto the ages of J.. a-ges. A-men.

N 1691

Mar. 12 I 2S - Prime of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D.

1 N 169

Tone 6

,

_ A

•••••••••

• :I

• • • 111

Psalm 16:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation noteslwithin the first set of brackets therein}:

Heark-en, 0 Lord, un-to my righ- J, teous-ness: :;.

Then, only the 2nd C£lntor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse: . attend-unto my J, sup-plic-a~Wrn.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter;

Give ear un-to J, my prayer, :;. which cometh not J, from de-ceit-ful Ii ps.

, FrOl!1 before Thy Face let my judg-ment J, come forth; :;. let mine eye be- J, hold

up-right-ness. • .

% Th9U hast proved my heart, Thou hast visited it in the night; t Thou hast tried

me by J, fi-re; :;. and unrighteous-ness J, was not found in me.

That my mouth might not speak of the works J, of men; * for the sake 'of the

words of Thy lips have I kept J,. the ways that are hard. ,~

Set my foot-steps in J,. Thy paths, * that my steps may J, not be sha-ken. '"

I have cried for Thou hast hearkened fin-to me, J, 0 God; :;. incline Thine Ear

unto me, and heark- J, en un-to my words: j

Let Thy mercies be made won: J, der-ful, * 0 Thou That savest J, them that

hope in Thee. _

From thern jthat have resisted Thy Right Hand, keep me, J, 0 Lord, * as the

J, ap-ple Of Thine Eye. _

In the shelter of Thy Wings wilt Thou shel- J, ter me * from the face of the

ungodly which J, have op-press-ed me. .

Mine enemies have surrounded my soul, At they have enclosed them-selves with their J, own fat; * their J, mouth hath spo-ken, pride.

They that cast me out have now en-cir- J, c1ed me; * they have set their eyes to look J, ask-ance on tw Earth."

They have taken me as Yl)igi!t a lion read-y for J, his prey, * and as might a

lion's whelp that dwel- J, leth in hi-ding. ,

Arise, 0 Lord, overtake them and trip their heels; t deliver my soul from

un-god- J, ly men, * Thy sword from the en- J, em-ies Of Thy Hand. I ,

" 0 Lord, from Thy few do Thou separate them fro!JI the Earth in J, their

Ii fe * yea, with Thy hidden treasures hath their bel: J, Iy been fill-ed.

They have satis-fied them-selves 1 with swine, * and have left the 1 rem-nants

to their babes. .

But as for me, in righteousness shall I ap-pear be-fore J, Thy Face; * I shall be

filled when Thy Glory is made J, man-if-est to me. .

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to J, the It Son, * and J, to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both now and J, ev-er, * and unto the ages of J, a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 17.- VV. 1 - 24

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 1st portion of the 3rd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

I will love Thee, 0 Lord, My Strength; t the Lord is My Foundation, and My J, Re-fuge, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: and 1 My De-liv-er-er.


(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating th,e verses thereafter:

My God is My J, Help-er; * and 1 I will hope in Him,

My Defender, and the Horn of my sal- J, va-tion- * J, and My Help-er.

Wjth praise will I call up-on the Name Of J, the Lord, * and from mine enem- J, ies shall I be saved.

The pangs of death sur-round- J, ed me, * and the torrents of iniquit-y 1 sore-ly trou-bled me.

N 170 I


IN 170

'"
I .,. • l1li III • ~ • • I • • III I
• I • • ... =.~ • •
... ~ in-ter-ven-tion the Bones of the Lord's Bod-y, a Por-tion of the Fing-er, was e-ven I· .:;. • -:-. •• :; • • II ij


The Chapter

The Hebdomadarv alone chants the following Chapter (Isaias 33.· 2):

Now unto the King Eternal, Immortal, Invisible, t the One Only Wise I .• ..:; 111

God, be honour and glory * unto the ages of ages. Amen. All respond:~. Thanks be to God.

The proper for Terce begins on pp. N 173.

I IIII.IIIIIIIIIIIILll;lal' -====_""""'=-----,

N 1711


1 N 171

Psalms for Prime On Saturday

Tone 6

t .J., V A '"

I [. · .] II. (.:. I] II. •

"

- A

• • 1 • • • ••• • I •

• ~ • • • 111

Psalm 17: vv. 25 - 5L

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd portion of the 1st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

With the holy mall wilt Thou be 1 Ho-ly, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side Q.[ the Quire completes the verse: "' .• _

, and with the innocent man wilt 1 Thou be

in-no-cent.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Q.[ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the JWo sides alternating the verses thereafter;

And with -the elect man wilt Thou be J, El-ect * and with the per-verse J, wilt

... Thou be Per-verse. .

For Thou wilt save a hum-ble 1 peo-ple, '" and Thou wilt humble the eves 1 of

th' A ~

e ar-ro-gant. _ _ .

, ~or Thou wilt light my lamp, 1 0 Lord; ,;!< My God, Thou wilt en-light- 1 en my (

dark-ness.

For by Thee s'hall I be delivered from a host of 1 rob-bers, * and by My God

shall I leap 1 o-ver a wall. ,/' . _

,As for My God, blameless is His way; t tpe words of the Lord are tri-ed in the 1 fi-re; * Defender is He of 1 all that hope in Him.

For Who is God, save 1 the Lord; '" and Who 1 is God, save Our God?

It is God, Who girded me with 1 pow-er, '" and hath made 1 my path blame-less.

Who maketh my feet like the feet Of 1 a hart, '" and setteth me up- 1 on high

pla-ces, .

Who teach-eth my hands 1 for war, * and Thou madest mine 1 arms a bow of brass. And Thou gavest me the shield of sal- 1 va-tion * and Thy Right Hand 1 hath up-held me.

And Thine iJiSiruction hath corrected me e-ven un-to 1 the end; * yea, Thine instruction, the 1 same will teach me.

Thou hast en-larg'd my steps un- 1 der me, '" and the tracks of my feet 1 are

not wea-ken'd, , I

I shall pursue mine enemies and I shall o-ver- 1" take them, * and I shall not tfirn 1 back un-til they fail.

I shall greatly afflict them and they shall not be a-ble 1 to stand; * they shall fall 1 un-der my feet.

For Thou hast girded me with pow-er J.. for, war; '" in subjection under me hast Thou bound the feet of all them that rose 1 up a-gainst .me,

And Thou hast made mine enemies turn their back be- J, fore me, '" and them that hate me hast Thou 1 ut-ter-ly des-trdy'd,

They cried, and there was no saviour-e-ven to 1 the Lord, * and He

heark- 1 en-ed not to them. /'

And I will grind them fine as dust be-fore the face Of 1 the wind;* I will trample them down 1 as mud in the streets.

Deliver me from the gain-saying Of the J, peo-ple; * Thou wilt set me at the

1 head of na-tldns. .

A people which I knew not hath serv- 1 ed me; * no sooner than their ear had heard, J, the v o-bev-ed me.

Sons ~ that are strangers have lied un-to me; t sons that are strang-ers have 1 grown Old, * and they have limp'd 1,a-way from their paths.

The Lord liveth, and Bless-ed is J, My God; '" and let the God of my salvation 1 be Ex-ai-ted.

o God, Who givest avengement unto me, and hast subdued peo-ples tin- 1 der

me, '" 0 My Deliverer from enemies which are J, prone to ang-er, ~

From them that arise up against me wilt Thou lift 1 me high; '" from the

unrighteous 1 man de-liv-er me. ,

For this, cause will I confess Thee among the na-tions, J, 0 Lord; "" and un-to J, Thy Name will I chant.

N 1721

Mar. 12 / 25 - Prime of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D .

1 N 172

Tone 6

.-,.,

•••••••••

. =

• • • II ij

,

It is he that magnifieth the salvation of His king, t and worketh merey for His

a-noint-ed, for 1 Da-vid, ;;: and for his seed iin- 1 to e-ter-ni-tY.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to 1 the It Son, * and 1 to the Ho-Iy Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and 1 ev-er, ;;: and unto the ages of

1 a-ges. A-men. ...

.Psalm 18:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the fir;t half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein}:'

... The Heav-ens declare the Glor-y 1 of God, ;;:

Then, only the 2nd Cantor''f side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

and the firmament proclaimeth the 1 work of I

His Hands. :I

I.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side, ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes) I the two fides alternating the verses thereafter:

Day unto day poiir-eth 1 forth speech, * and night unto night pro- 1 clajm-eth know-ledge.

There are no tongues 1 nor wdrds " in which their vojc- 1 es are not heard. Their sound hath gone forth into all Ithe Earth," and their words unto 1 the ends Of the world.

In the Sun hath He set His Tab-er- 1 nac-le, ;;: and He, like a bridegroom, coming forth 1 from his cham-ber,

Will rejoice !H{e a gi-ant to run 1 his coursej " from the outermost border ... of

Heaven 1 is His go-ing forth, .

And His goal is unto the outermost part of 1 Heav-en, ;;: and there shall no man hide 1 him-self from His heat.

The law of the Lord is blame-less, con-ver+ 1 ting souls; ;;: the testimony of the Lord is trustworthy, bringing wis- 1 dom to in-fants.

The statutes of the Lord are upright, glad-den-ing *- the heart. " the commandment of the Lord is far-shining, en- llight-en-Ing the eyes.

The fear of the Lord is pure, enduring for ev-er and 1 ev-er; ;;: the judgments of the Lord are true, al-to- 1 geth-er jus-tif-fed,

More to be desired than gold and mueh pre- 1 cious stone,;;: and sweeter than

honey 1 and the hon-ey-comb. '" '

Yea, for Thy ser-vant keep- 1 eth themr " in keeping them 1 there is much re-ward.

As for transgressions, who will understand them? t From my se-cret sins 1 cleanse me, ;;: and from those of others 1 spare Thy ser-vant.

If they have not dominion over me, then blame-less shall 1 I be, ;;: and I shall be clean- 1 sed from great sfn.

And the sayings of my mouth shall be un-to Thy good 1 pleas-ure, ;;: and the

meditation of my heart shall be be-fore 1 Thee for ev-er, o Lord, My 1 Help-er, ;;: 1 and Re-deem-er.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to 1 the It Son, ;;: and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and 1 ev-er, ;;: and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

N 1731

Mar. 12 J 25 - Terce of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D.

1 N 173

Tone 6

T -!, v ~ *

I [. · .] • II (. ~ • I] II. •

/

_ A

•••••••••

.:1 • • • II ~

Psalm 19:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within thef irst set of brackets therein):

The Lord hear thee in the day of af- J, f'lic-tlon; *


the Name of the God of Ja- J cob de-fend thee.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side' ei: -the. Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternatinJ the verses thereafter:

Let Him send forth unto thee help from Ijis Sanctu-lar-y,* and out Syon J, let Him help thee. Let Him remember every sacrifice J, of thine * and thy whole-bumt offering J, let Him fat-ten. The Lord grant thee ac-cor-din~ tQ 'J, thy heart, * and ful-fil J, all thy pur-poses. We will rejoice jn Thy sal- J, va-ti on, * and in the Name of the Lord Our God

.... shall J, we be mag-nif-ied. '

The Lord, ful-fil all th5" J, re-quests; * now have I known that the Lord hath

saved J, His an-oin-ted one. ,

He will hearken unto him out of His HO,-'Iy J, Heav-en; * in mighty deeds is the I

salvation J, of His Right Hand. '/

Some trust in 'chariots, and some in J, hor-ses; * but we will call upon the Name "

J, of the Lord Our God. .' ~

They have been fettered and have J, {all-en; * but we are risen and J, are set up-right.

o Lord, save J, the king, * and hearken unto us in the day when we J, call up-on Thee. Glory be to the Fath-er, and to J, the + Son, * and J, to the Ho-ly Ghost. As it was in the beginning, both now and J, ev-er, * and unto the ages of J, a-ges.

Th I Itt :I .:1 • • ill' ... M' I •

en, _,..

A-men. • ij

All repeat:

I' • t-

o

•

won-drous ill ill •

life :I

work

of

bless-ed

Greg-or-y,

at

whose • • i

•

• I •

•

ill •

:I

•

I


- ~ ,

. ~ 1

• .:1. •• '. :I • • II ij .


The Chapter .

The Hebdomadary alone chants the following Chapter (Isaias 33: 2).'

Now unto the King Eternal, Immortal, Invisible, t the O~e Only Wise ~!~§'§~'~~I ~;3IgI1

God, be honour and glory * unto the ages of ages. Amen. All respond: J¥. Thanks be to God.

TERCE The Psalms

I :I


ti :I

•

Let us rejoice.

:I • ill ~ "',.../,::I •

begins chanting this Antiphon:

•

•

As the sons of the u-niv-er-sal Church;

.::1 • ,...1.' ::I

,.. .

I

•

more es-pec-Ial-ly now let the peo-ple of the Eng-lish rejoice, hav-ing been I • .. n

•

•

,.. ::I

....

•


I fi ~ ~ :1.0 ~ ~ ii'I' II ~


N 1741

Mar. 12 I 25 - Terce of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D.

1 N 174

N.B. When this Feast falls on a Sunday, it is kept on the Monday. On a Monday only, Terce continues as here given, but on a Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, or Saturday with the Psalms as given on pp . N 176 - N 177.

, t 1', ... * J, J ~ A

Tone 8 I (. • • J ••• (. 0 • I] •••• • 8 • I • • • ••• • '.' .'. I • II ~

Psalm 118, vv. 105 - 112:

The 1st Cantor alone.chants the first half of the first verse of th~14th portion of the 1 st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set 0[' brackets therein):

Thy law is a lamp fin-to l' my feet :I<

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side IT the Quire completes the verse:

/ and a light t un-to my paths.

And then , oID the 2nd Cantor's side Q.[_ the Quire chants the entire next verse .... ( omitting the intonation notes), the }WD sides alternating the verses thereafter:

, I have sworn and re- J sol-ved :I< that I will keep the judgments t Of Thy

righ-teous-ness.

I was humbled ex-ceed-Ing-ly, l' 6 Word.

The free-will' offerings of my mouth be Thou Lord, * and teach .l me Thy judg-ments. -: ..

My soul is in Thy Hands con-tln-u- l' al-ly, :I< and Thy law have I t not for-got-ten.

Sinners have set a l' snare for me, :I< yet from Thy commandment t have I not strayed.

I have inherited Thy testi-mon-ies for l' ev-er, :I< for they are the re- t jolc-ing Of my heart.

I have inclined my heart to perform Thy stat-utes for T ev-er :I< t for a re-com-pense.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the lie Son, * and t to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was inzthe beginning, both now and l' ev-er, .:1< and unto the ages "of t a-ges. A-men.

Lord; * quicken me ac-cord- t ing to Thy <

, /,'

now Pleased to re- T cei ve, 0

Psalm 118, vv. 113 - 120: . I

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 15th portion of the 1st Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Trans-gres-sors have I l' ha-ted, :I<

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:but t Thy law have I loved.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Q.[_ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

My Helper and My Pro-tec-tor T art Thou; * on Thy words 1. have I set my

hope.

Depart from me, ye e-vil- T do-ers, :I< and I will search out the

com- 1. mand-ments Of My God. _ ,

UPHOLD ME ACCORDING TO THY SAY-ING AND T QUICK-EN ME, * AND TURN ME NOT AWAY IN SHAME FROM MINE 1. EX-PEC-TA-TION.

, Help me, and I shall be T sa-ved; * and I will meditate on Thy sta- 1. tutes con-ttn-u'l-Iy,

Thou hast set at nought all that de-part from Thy l' stat-utes, * for unrighteous

1. is their in-ward thought. _

I have reckoned as transgressors all the sin-ners r Of the Earth, * therefore have I loved Thv 1. tes-tim-o-nies.

A Nail dow"n my flesh with the l' fear of Thee, * for of Thy jiidg- l ments am i a-fraid.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the lie Son, :I< and t to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of l a-ges. A-men.

N 1751

Mar. 12 I 25 - Terce of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D.

1 N 175

Tone 8

t l' *

I (. • .] ". (.:. 1]1" I i s I I

I I I III I I I

• I I • • ,,~

Psalm 118, vv. 121 - 128:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 16th portion of the 1st Psalm, using this same Tone, including the inionaiion notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

I have wrought judg-ment and T righ-teous-ness; :\<

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire completes the verse: % Ogive~me.no~, up to J them that wrong me.


Receive Thy ser-vant i un-to g09d, -'f< let not the proud false- t ly ac-cuse me. Mil'\e ~yes.have failed with waiting for Thy sal- i va-tlon, * and for the word

.... 1 of Thy righ-teous-ness. ~ .

Deal with Thy servant/according to Thy i mer-cy, :\< and teach t me Thy stat-utes. t am )'hy i ser-vant;

1 tes-tim-o-nies.

It is time for the i Lord to act; * for they J have dis-pers'd Thy law. Therefore have I loved Thy com- ! mand-ments :\< more than t gold and to-paz.:

Therefore I directed myself aceordlng to all Thy com- T mand-rnents; :\< every way that is unrighteous J have I ha-ted.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the + Son, * and J to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, :\< and unto the ages of

1 a-ges. A-men.

~I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Then, = ~ iii ~ • ~ .,. = P'i iii I P ~ •. II

u-niv-er-sal Church;

I ~

I

* give me understanding, and I shall know Thy ,~ I,

•

All repeat:

iii I

I -

Let iii

us rejoice as the

• ; iii.

sons

of the

I

•

•

I

_'" "

•


I illig

•

•

....

I


I ... ... JI) ~·I = ... ,... II ~


The Chapter and the Verside

Then the Hebdomadary alone chants the following Chapter (Ecclus. 14: 22; 15: 2) according to the Tone given for Monday Terce in the Psalter:

Blessed is the man that doth go after Wisdom as 'one that traceth, and doth lie in

wait in Its ways; t with the Bread of Understanding shall It feed I • I.; 111 him, * and give him the water of Wisdom to drink: All respond: ~. Thanks be to God. yr. The Lord directed the righteous in the right paths.

~. And shewed him the Kingdom of God.

The Collect

o God, Thou That makest us joyful by the annual Solemnity of Thy blessed confessor and Bishop Gregory, grant, we beseech Theel that he may be proven to be for us an intercessor, who 'hath 6een shewn to be a proc aimer of Thy Name. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages. ~. Amen.

The proper for Sext begins on p . N 177.

N 1761

Mar. 12 J 25 - Terce of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D.

1 N 176

Psalms for Terce on Tuesday. Wednesday. Thursday, Friday. or Saturday

, t 1', * .J,~ ~ ...

Tone 8 I (I I I] I I I (I:: I I] I I I I I 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II ~

Psalm 119:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the lst Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein}:

Un-to the Lord in mine affliction have I l' cri-ed, *

Then, only the 1st CCilntor's side ei: the Quire completes ~he verse: '"

1 and He beard me. •

And then, onl y the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse {omitting the intonation notes}, the two sides, alternating the verses thereafter:

o Lord, deliver !JlY soiil from un- T ~igh-teous lips *' and J, from a craf-ty tongue. What shall be giv-en i un-to thee? * And what shall be added unto thee J, for

thy craf-ty t"ngtie? ,;..

.... The arrows Of the i Might-y One, *' sharpened with coals J, of the des-ert.

Woe is me, for my sojourning is pro-long'd; t I have tented with the tent-ings

of T Ked-ar; * my soul hath long J, been a so- [our-ner, .

With jhem that hate peace I was i peace-a-ble; *' when I spake unto them, they .1;

warred a-gainst J, me with-out a cause. I,'

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the_It Son, * and J, to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both 'now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages Otf J.. a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 120:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the [irst set of brackets therein):

I have Ilf't-ed up mine eyes to the i moun-tains *

Then, only the 1 st Cantor's side qj_ the Quire completes the verse: A from whence J, com-eth my help.


(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter.'

My help com-eth T from the Lord, * Who hath made J.. Heav-en and the Earth. Give not thy foot un-to T mov-ing, * and may He not sliim-l ber That keep-eth thee. Behold, He shall not slum-ber nor i shall He sleep, *' He That J.. keep-eth Is-ra-el. ' The Lord shall T keep thee; * the Lord is Thy Shelter J.. at thy right hand.

The Sun shall not burn thee T by day_, * ) nor the moon by night.

The Lord shall keep thee from all 1 e-vi I; * the J, Lord shall guard thy soul.

Tht;, Lord sAhall keep thy coming. in and thy T go-ing out, * from henceforth 1 and for ev-er-more.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the + Son, *' and J.. to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both now and i ev-er, * and, unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 12l:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein}:

I was glad because of them that said i un-to me: * .

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse: r ...

----r1"Let us go in-to J, the House of the Lord."


{omitting the intonation notes}, the two sides alternq.tin~ the verses thereafter:

Our feet T have stood * in thy, courts, J.. 0 Jer-u-sal-em.

Jerusalem is builded as a l' Cit-y, * which its dwellers J.. share in con-cord.

For there the tribes went up, the tribes T of the Lord * as a testimony for

Isra-el, to give thanks to 1 the Name of the Lord. A

For there are set thrones un-to T judg-ment, * thrones over the J.. House of Da-vid. Ask now for the things which are for the peace of Jer- i u-sal-em, * and for

the prosperi tv of J.. them that love thee. _

Let peace be now T in thy strength, * and prosperity J.. in thy pal-a-ces.

For the sake of my brethren and my l' neigh-bours * I spake J.. peace con-cer-ning thee. Because of the House of the T Lord Our God * I have 1 sought good things for thee. Glory be to the Fath-er, and l' to the It Son, * and J, to the Ho-ly Ghost.


N 1771

Mar. 12 J 25 - Sext of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D.

1 N 177

Then, All repeat:

I ,.. I

•

•

•

Let ,..

us rejoice as the sons of the

I

I

I

•

I

I"i •

I

I


• III -a- _,.. ~

• •

....

•


I ~ - ~

fi ... " ;.,... iQj. II ....


The Chapter and the Versicle

/

Then <the 1-lebdomadary alone .chants the following Chapter (Ecclus. 14: 22; 15: 2) .... according to the Tone given for Tuesday Terce in the Psalter:

Blessed is the man that doth go after Wisdom as one that traceth, and doth lie in

wait in Its ways; t with the Bread of Understanding shall It feed I • I I I 1111; him, * and give him the water of Wisdom to drink. All respond: ~. Thanks be to God. I'

YI_. The Lord directed the righteous -in the right paths. I,

J¥. And shewed him the Kingdom of God.

The Collect

o God, Thou That makest us joyful by the annual Solemnity of Thy blessed confessor and Bishop Gregory, grant, we beseech Thee, that he may be proven to be for us an intercessor, who hath been shewn to be a proclalrner of Thy. Name. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages.-~. Amen.

SEXT

The Psalms

The 1st Cantor alone begins chanting this Antiphon:

All

I

. '~

His ai-so.

I

I

I

I ;

::I

~'. J

respond:

Is the praise-wor-thy com-mend-a-tion that

•

III • I'oICI

•

III"

I

I

I •

I

'1

• II ~

I

the new Church of the Eng-Ilsh is ev-er cul-tiv-a-ted at the root.

N.B. When this Feast falls on a Sunday, it is kept on the Monday. On a Monday only, S ext continues as here given, but on a Tuesday, Wednesday, T hur sda y , Friday, or Saturday with the Psalms as given on pp . N 179 - N 180.

,t J.~., .... * J,~::--" ...

Tone 4 I [I • .]. I. [I 0 I '] I I • • I • 0 •. I I • I I I I I I I I III ',.. • II ij

Psalm 118, vv. 129 - 136:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 17th portion of the lst Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Won-der-ful are Thy 1 tes-tim-o-nies: '"

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: A

therefore 1 hath my soul search'd them out.


The unfolding of Thy 1 words will give Light * and un+] der-stand-Ing un-to babes. I opened my mouth 1 and drew in my breath, '" for I longed J, for Thy com-mand-ments.

N 1781

Mar. 12 I 25 - Sext of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D .

1 N 178

... t ..1.,3." A* J,';_::"-"A

Tone 4 I [I I I] I I I [I 0 I 'J I I I I I I 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I III I iii I II ~

Look upon me and have J mer-cy on me, * according to the judgment J of them

that love Thy Name. ~

My steps do Thou direct according J to Thv say-ing, * and let no iniquitv have

1- do-min-ion o-ver me. " "

Deliver me from the false accu- 1- sa-tion Of men, * and I will 1- keep Thy

com-mand-ments. .,.

Make Thy Face to shine up- J on Thy ser-vant, * and 1- teach me Thy stat-utes. Mine Eyes have poured forth 1- streams of wat-ed" * be-1- cause I kept not Thy law. Glory be to the Fath- J er, and to the + Son, * 1- and to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both J now and ev-er, * and unto the ages 1- of

a-ges. A-men. /'

Psalm 118, vv. 137 - 144,' .

, The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 18th portion of the

lst Psalm, using the same Tone, inf).uding the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Righ-teous 1- art Thou, 0 Lord, :« . .

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quir-e completes the ver se~ ,I;

, and up- 1- right are Thy judg-ments. ;

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse' (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides qlternaiing the verses thereafter:

Thou hast ordained as Thy 1- tes-tlm-o-nies " ex-ceed-T ing righ-teous-ness and Truth. My zeal for Thee hath made J me to pine a-way, * because mine enemies have

1- for-got-ten Thy words. ~

Thine oracle is tried with fire 1- to the ut,:-ter-most, :« and Thy 1- ser-vant hath loved it. I am young and ac-count-d. ed as noth-ing, * yet Thy statutes have 1- I not for-got-ten. Thy righteousness is an ever+Llas-ting righ-teous-ness, * J (') and Thy law is Truth. Tribulations and necessi- 1- ties have found me, * Thy commandments are 1- my

med-it-a-tion.

, Thy testimonies are righ-teous- 1- ness for' ev-er; * give me un-der- 1- stand-ing and I shall Ii ve.

Glory be-to t'lie Fath- 1- er, and to the + Son, * 1- and to the Ho-Iy Ghost. '<

1\s it was in the beginning, both 1- now and ev-er, * and unto the ages 1- of a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 118, vv. 145 - 152:


I have cri-ed 1- with mv whole heart: * '

Then, only the 1st C antor"s side fU: the Quire completes the verse: , A

'Hear me, 0 Lord, and I will seek 1- af-ter Thy stat-utes."


(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter: ~

I have cri-ed un- l to 'thee: "Save me; * and I will keep 1- Thy tes-tim-o-nies." I arose in the dead of night 1- and l cri-ed; * on Thy 1- words have I set m)' I},ope. Mine eyes woke be- 1- fore the morn-ing * that I mlghtmed-it- 1- ate on Thy say-ings. Hear my voice, 0 Lord, according 1- to Thy' mer-cy; * according to 1- Thy

judg-ment, quick-en me.

They have drawn nigh that lawlessly .1 per-sec-ute me, * but from Thy 1- law

are they far re-moved. '

.1 Near art Thou, 0 Lord, * 1- and all Thy ways are Truth. ~

From the beginning I have known from Thy .1 tes-tim-o-nies * that Thou hast found- .1 ed them for ev-er.

Glory be to the Fath- .l er, and to the + Son, * 1- and to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both 1- now and ev-er, * and unto the ages 1- of a-ges. A-men.

Then, All repeat:

I

I.' I I • ".1 I I 1 III 1 ~" J

I

'IS;


I I III I I I I I I I I I I • II'

the new Church of the Eng-fish is ev-er cul-tiv-a-ted at the root.

N 1791

Mar. 12 J 25 - Sext of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D.

1 N 179


Then the Hebdomadary alone chants the following Chapter IEcclus, 31: 8, 11) according to the Tone given for Monday Sext in the Psalter:

Blessed is the rich man that is found without blemish, and hath not gone after

gold. t His good deeds shall be established in the Lord, * and his I· ..; ,,1 mercies shall be declared in the Church of the Saints.. All respond: IV. Tlfanks be to God.

y. The Lord hath loved him and adorned him. IV. He clothed him with a robe of glory.

The Collect

Be Present, 0 Lord unto our prayers, ,which we offer in commemoration of I St. Gregory, Thy confessor and Bishop, that we, who do not have the assurance of our )1 righteousness, may be assisted by the deeds of him who hath been pleasing unto Thee. I Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy S9n,' Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in th~ Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through-all the ages of ages. IV. Amen.

The proper for None begins on p. N 181.

Psalms for Sext on Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, and Saturday

, +

Tone 4 I [. • ... }... [. 0 • ']

. "

A-' *

,-

__ A

•••

• • •

• •••••••

• l1li

. . ,..

• II ~

"

Psalm 122:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verseof the 1st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets thereinl;

Un-to Thee have I I Ilf-ted up mine eyes *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side QJ. the Quire completes the verse:

unto Thee that 1 dwell-est in Heav-en.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side QJ. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter.'

Behold, as the 1 eyes of ser-vants * look unto the- 1 hands of their mas-ters,

As the eyes of the handmaid look unto the hands 1 of her mis-tress, :I< so do our

eyes look unto the Lord Our God, until He 1 take pit-yon us. _

Have mercy on us, 0 Lord, have 1 mer-cy on uj); * for greatly are we 1 fill'd

with a-base-ment. .

Greatly hath our 1 soul been fill'd there-with; :I< let reproach come upon them that prosper, and 1 a-base-ment on the proud.

Glory be to the Fath- J,. er, and to the + Son, :I< J,. and to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both J, now and ev-er,:I< and unto the ages 1 of a-ges. A-men.

Psalm 123:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein}:

"Had it not been that the Lord was with us," let Is- J, ra-el now say: *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side QJ. the Quire completes the verse: ,

"Had it not been that 1 the Lord was with us, And then, only the 1st Cantor's side QJ. the Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), thetwo sides alternating the verses thereafter: ~

"When men rose 1 up a-gainst us, * then had they 1 swal-low'd us up a-live.

N 180 I

Mar. 12 I 25 - Sext of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D.

IN 180

"t J, .s. $ iA * J.. .a. ~ A

Tone 4 I [. • .]... [. 0 • I) ••• • • • 0 • I • • • • • • • • • • III • 1\ • ,,~

"When their wrath raged a- J, galnst us * then had the water 0- J, ver-whelm-ed us. "Our soul_hath J, pass'd through a tor-rent, :I< then had our soul passed through

the water that is i r- J, res-Is-tib-le. .

"Bless-ed be the ,4ord Who J, hath not glv-en Os '" to be a prey J, to their teeth. "Our soul like a sparrow J, was de-llv-ereed " out of the snare of'-] the hun-ters. "The snare is J bro-ken, * and we are 1 de-liv-er-ed.

"Our help is J, in the Name of the Lord :I< Who hath made Heav+] en and the Earth." Glory be to the J, Fath-er, and to the It Son, :I< and to ~ the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, bath '1 now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of

a- J, ges. A-men: '

...

Psalm 124:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the, first set of brackets therein):

They that trust in the Lord shall J, be as Mount Sy-on; *


.he that dwelleth at Jerusalem, nevermore shall he J, be sha-ken.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes). the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Mountains are round about her, t and the Lord is round a- J, bout His peo-ple :I< from henceforth and J, for ev-er-more.

, For the Lord will not permit the rod of sinners to be upon, th~ 1 lot of the

righ-teous, '" lest the righteous stretch forth their hands un-to J, In-l-quit-Ies.

Do good, 0 Lord, J, lin-to them that are good :I< and un-to the J, up-right of heart. But them .that turn aside unto crook-ed ways shall the Lord lead away with the

workers ~ Of in-i-qut~-y; '" peace be up- J, on Is-ra-el. "

Glory be to the J, Fath-er, and to the It Son, :I< and to t the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both 1 now and ev-er ,:l< and unto the ages of a- J, ges. A-men.

I

',/

r

I

..

I '·,1 I'.


• 1 III ". • • • '. .. • 111

•• • ~ •• III I ~ J ij

I

Then, All repeat:

•

.~

the new Church of the Eng-Iish is ev-er cul-tiv-a-ted at the root.


Then the Hebdomadary alone chants the [ollowing Chapter (Ecclus . 31: 8, 11) according to the Tone given for Tuesday Sexi in the Psalter:

Blessed is the rich man that is found without blemish, and hath not gone after

gold. t His good deeds shall be established in the Lord, :I< and his I· '. 1111 mercies shall be declared in the Church of the Saints. All respond: ~. Thanks be to God.

yr. The Lord hath loved him and adorned him.

J¥. He clothed him with a robe of glory.

The Collect

Be Present, 0 Lord unto our prayers, which we offer in commemoration of St. Gregory, Thy confessor and Bishop, that we, who do not have the assurance of our righteousness, may be assisted by the deeds of him who hath been pleasing unto Thee. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages. ~. Amen.

N 1811

Mar. 12 I 25 - None of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D.

1 N 181

NONE


- --


Let us praise the Lord.

;; I •

•

• •

I

All respond: _" ii*il'il

That,

by

the

teach-ings I

of most bless-ed ~-

I., IS 'i' ·

;II •

• 115 ... ~
• •
through-out the whole world, once
, II ij
l1li • IS I • •

Greg-or-y man-y

I ~ ,

IS II

en-ti- ced by

sin,

are

•

I.,

•

•

, re-turn-ed un-to the clem-en-cy of Christ. _"

N_B. When this Feast falls on a Sunday, it is kept on the Monday On a Monday only, None continues as here given, bur on a Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, /

Friday, or Saturday with the Psalms as given on pp. N 183 - N 184 - )I

... t -1,3,,. ..... * J,~ ~ A '

Tone 4 I [. • .]... [. 0 • '] "'. ,---- II '. D • I • • ••• • •• I' l1li • I'i I II. /' Psalm 118, VV. 153 - 160.-

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 20th portion of the 1 st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Be-hold my humili- l' a-tlon and res-cue me, *

Then, only the 1 st Cantor's side ei: the Quire completes the verse:

for Thy law have I not 1 f'or-got-tdn.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. th.e Quire chants the entire next verse

(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereaf ter:

Judge my T cause and re-deem me; * for Thy Word's 1 sake quick-en me.

Far from'sinl'iers l' is sal-va-tion, * for they have not sought af-ter 1 Thy, stat-utes. _ Thy compassions are T man-y, 0 LOrd; * according to Thy jiidg- 1 ment quick-en me. Manyare they that persecute T me and af-fliet me; * from Thy testimonies have

1 I not de-dined. , , I A

I beheld men acting foolishly T and I pined a-way, * because they kept not 1 Thy say-ings, Behold, how I have loved Thy com- i mand-rnents, 0 Lord; * in Thy mer- 1 cy, quick-en me.

The beginning T Of Thy words is Truth, * and all the judgments of Thy righteousness en-dure 1 for ev-er.

Glory be to the i Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost. ,

As it was in the beginning, both T now and ev---er, * and unto the ages of a-1 ges. A-men.

Psalm 118, vv. 161 - 168.-


Prin-ces have persecuted T me with-out a cause, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side qj_ the Quire completes the verse:

and because of Thy words my heart 1 hath

been a-frafd.


(omitting the intonation notes), the t~o sides alternating [he verses thereafter:

I will re- T joice in Thy say-ings * as one that find- 1 eth great spoil. Unrighteousness have I i ha-ted and ab-horr'd, * but Thy 1 law haye I ldved. Seven times a i day have I prais-ed Thee * for the judgments oj 1 Thy righ-teous-ness. Much peace have i they that lov~ Thy Jaw, '" and for them there is 1 no stum-bling-bldck, I awaited Thy sal- i va-tion, 0 Lord, ~ and Thy com-mand+I ments have I ldved. My soul hath kept Thy T tes-tim-o-nies * and hath loved Jhem 1 ex-ceed-Ing-ly. I have kept Thy}ommandments and Thy T tes-tim-o-nies, '" for all my ways

are be-fore 1 Thee, 0 Lord.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost. ,

As it was in the beginning, both T now and ev---er, * and unto the ages of a-1 ges. A-men.

N 1821

Mar. 12 J 25 - None of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D.

1 N 182

,j, v ,

A

•••••••••

• • 0 I II_

Psalm 118, vv. 169 - 176:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 22th portion of the 1st Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (witjU.n the first set of brackets therein):

Let my sup-plication draw nigh be- l' fore Thee, 0 Lord; * Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

~ according to Thine oracle give me

t un-der-stan-ding.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side o]; the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

.Let my petition come be- l' fore Thee, 0 Lord; * according to Thine o-ra-cie

t de-liv-er me. .. .

My T lips shall pour forth a hymn * when Thou hast taught me t Thy stat-utes.

, My tongue shall T speak-of Thy say-ings, * for all Thy com-mand-ments tare

righ-teous-ness.

Let Thy l' Hand be for sa-ving me, * f'or.J have chosen Thy t com-mand-ments, ,r I have longed for Thy sal- T va-tlon, 0 Lord, * and Thy law is my;1

med- 1 it-a-tidn. . ,

My soul shall T live and shall praise-Thee, * and Thy judg-ments 1 will help me.,

I have gone astray like a T shee.pthat is lost: * 0 seek Thy servant, for I have not forgotten Thy t com-mand-ments.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the It Son, * and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As jt was in the beginning, both T now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- t ges. A-men.

Th ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~;~~I~~.~~.~~~~~~~~

en, = IS ~ = !Ii I .' III • •


All repeat:

AI\=

I

Greg-or-y,

I

IS ..

• lIS ... .... I., IS t • •
. fI 1i\,.J • I •
"
man-y through-out the whole world, once en-ti- ced by sin, are
;., • III • IS = 111
• •

•



Then the Hebdomadary alone chants the following Chapter

(Prov. 10: 6,' Ecclus . 44: 26, 27; 45: 2) according to the Tone given for Monday None in the Psalter:

Blessings are upon the head of the just one, so the Lord gave him an heritage, and divided his portions; t among the Twelve Tribes did He part them; and He brought out of him a merciful man, which found favour in the sight of all flesh; * He

made him like unto the glorious Saints, and magnified him, so that I • I.; 111

his enemies stood in fear of him. . All respond: ~. Thanks be to God.

Yt... The righteous man shall flourish like a palm tree. W. And like a cedar in Lebanon shall he be multiplied.

The Collect

Protect us by the safeguarding of St. Gregory, Thy confessor and Bishop, we beseech Thee, 0 Lord, that we may ever be assisted by his intercessions. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages. ~. Amen.

The proper for Second Vespers begins on p . N 185.

N 1831

Mar. 12 ! 25 - None of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D.

1 N 183

Psalms for None on Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, and Saturday

,t 1'_ '::""""'A* ,!,~,

•• • f· 8 • IJ •••• • 8 • ~. • I • • • ••• • •• •• ~ •

~ ~: III

Tone 3

Psalm 125:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the lst Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within thefirst set of brackets thereinti •

'. ,

When the Lord turn-ed again the captivit- T 51 of S5'-on, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side Q[ the Quire completes the verse.

-: w'e became as men that 1- are com-for-ted.

And then, o~ly the 2nd Cantorts side Q[ the Quire chants the entire next verse

""' (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Then T was our mouth fin'd with joy, * ~nd our tongue with 1- re- joic-ing; I Then shall they say a- i mong the na-tions: * "The Lord hath done. great )I

1- things un-to them.'; I

The Lord hath done T great things/a-mong us, * and we are 1- be-come glad. jl

Turn again, 0 T Lord, our cap-tlv-It-y * like 1- streams in the south.

i They that sow with tears * shall reap with 1- re- joic-ing.

In their going i they went, and they wept * as 1- they cast their seeds.

But in their coming shall they i come with re- joic-ing,:;' bear- 1- ing their

sheaves.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the + Sori, * and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both T now and ev-er,:;' and unto the ages of

~..... ...

a- 1- ges. A-men. "

Psalm 126:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Ex- T dipt the Lord build the house, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side Q[_ the Quire completes the verse:

in vain do they la-bour 1- that build it.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Q[_ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Except the i Lord guard the cit-y, * in vain doth he watch 1- that guard-eth her. It is vain for i you to rise at dawn. * Ye that eat the bread of sorrow, rouse

your-selves af- 1- ter rest-ing, .

When He hath given sleep T to His be-Jov-ed; * 10, sons are the heritage of the Lord, the reward of the 1- fruit Of the womb.

Like arrows in the T hand of a might-y man, :;. so are the sons of them that 1- were out-casts.

Bless-ed is he that shall fulfil his de- i sI-res with them, * they shall not be put to shame when they speak to their en-em- 1- les in the gates.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and to 1 the Ho-ly.Ghdst,

As it was in the beginning, both T now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- J,. ges. A -rnen.

N 1841

Mar. 12/ 25 - None of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D .

1 N 184

Tone 3

• • • ••• • • •

• • 8 • II ~

Psalm 127:

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Bless-ed are i allthey that fear the Lore! * ~.

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire' completes the verse: that walk J, in His ways.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's=side Qj_ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting thesintdnation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

... -

Thou shalt eat the T f'rujt of thy la-bours; * bless-ed art thou, and well shall J, it

be with thee,

Thy wife shall i be as a fruit-ful vine'" .on the J, sides Of thy house, Thy T sons like young ol-ive trees * round a-bout J, thy ta-ble, Behold, so shall the T man be bless-ed * that fear- J, eth the Lord.

-: [,

The Lord bless thee i out of Sr-on * and mayest thou see the good things of

Jerusalem all the J, days Of thy life.

And may est thou see thy T chil-dren's chil-dren; * peace be up- J, on Is-ra-el. Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and to J, the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both T now and ev-er, '" and unto the ages of a- J, ges. A-men.

Th ~=;~;====i====~~==~====~~~;==~=~~.==~.==~~==~~~j

en, = IS = I fiji I .' III • •

·LetC:"Us praise the Lord, that, by the teach-ings of most bless-ed

I '/

~'

All repeat:

I ... II; I

•

•

•

I.. IS

t ·

I

tI •

I

...

Greg-or-y, man-y through-out the whole world,

=

once en-ti-rced by sin, are

• IS I


IS •• • ;.. • III •


Then the Hebdomadary alone chants the following Chapter

I Prov . 10: 6; Ecclus . 44: 26, 27; 45: 2) according to the Tone given for Monday None in the Psalter:

Blessings are upon the head of the just one, sojhe Lord gave him an heritage, and divided his portions; t among the Twelve Tribes did He part them; and He brought out of him a merciful man, which found favour in the sight of all flesh; * He

made him like unto the glorious Saints, and magnified him, so that I • I. I 111

his enemies stood in fear of him. All respond: ~. Thanks be to God.

YI_. The righteous man shall flourish like a palm tree. ~. And like a cedar in Lebanon shall he be multiplied.

The Collect

Protect us by the safeguarding of St. Gregory, Thy confessor and Bishop, we beseech Thee, 0 Lord, that we may ever be assisted by his intercessions. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages. ~. Amen.

N 185 I

Mar. 12 I 25 - Second Vespers of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D.

IN 185

SECOND VESPERS

N.B. When this Feast falls on a Saturday, Second Vespers is merely

commemorated at First Vespers of the occurring Sunday in Septuagesima or Lent, with, however, the Psalms being sung as here given for Second Vespers of this Feast, and the Commemoration made after the First Dismissal made up of the Antiphon on the Magnificat, the Versicle, and the Collect as given here following for Second Vespers of this Feast. If, howeser , this date ('Mar. 12/25) falls on a Su~day, this Feast is trans] ered to the next available date as designated if! the yearly Calendar, in which case, Second Vespers of this Feast shall be done as here following.

The Psalms

.. I I • I I
... Then the 1st Cantor alone ittp\
/
begins chanting the lst Aniiphon: 0 won-drous.
I ; • •
,
All respond: Life work of
I .,. • III ~ • I " . • I •
• • • ~ • ... I ij I
,_,;, . • •
'/
bless-ed Greg-or-y, at whose ~'
• ~ ,ill
• 1\ ~. 1\ • •
1\ ; in-ter-ven-tion the Bones of the Lord's Bod-y, a Por-tion of the Fing-er, was e-ven

I· • I. • .,.. •• I • • II


, + ,j. v '" *

Tone 6 I [. • .] ••• (. 0 • '] •••• .' I '. I • •••

,-

-- A

• • •

.; • • • II ~

Psalm 109:

...... ,.

The l st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the l st Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the [irstset of brackets therein):

The Lord said un-to 1 My Lord: *

Then ,only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

"Sit Thou 1 at My Right Ha,nd,


"Until I make Thine en- 1 em-Ies * the Foot- 1 stool of Thy Feet.

"A sceptre of power shall the Lord send unto T~_ee 'out of 1 Sy-on; * rule Thou in the midst 1 of Thine en-em-ies.

"With Thee is dominion in the day of Thy power, in the splen-dour Of 1 Thy Saints; * from the womb before the morning star have 1 I be-got-ten Thee;'''

The Lord hath sworn and will not 1 re-pent: * "Thou art a Priest for ever, after the or-der J, Of Mel-chis-ed-ek."

The Lord at Thy 1 Right Hand * hath broken kings in the 1 day of His wrath. He shall judge among the nations, He shall fill them with dead J, bod-ies; * He

shall crush the heads of man- 1 y up-on the Earth.

He shall drink of the brook in 1 the way; * therefore shall 1 He lift up His Head. Glory be to the Fath-er, and to 1 the If- Son, * and J, to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and 1 ev-er, * and unto the ages of

_ ' A

1 a-ges. A-men.

" ",,,, .• , "NIIII.'."II~!~ ;;;;;;::o"---=====----,

N 186 I Mar. 12 I 25 - Second Vespers of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D. IN 186

Th I :I' I , , ~, ... "4' I • •

, en, ""!Ii

All repeat:

I· • .,.

,

won-drous ~ ~ ,

life I

work

of

bless-ed

Greg-or-y,

at

whose

o

•

, , ,

•

~ ,

,

• i

,

:I

I


, ,I, If 1. '. :I, III

~ Made Man-if-est with jhe Ear's Liv-ing Blood Flow-ing.

The 2nd Cantor alone I :, ~ ,. ;'

-- ---

begins chanting the 2nd AntiphonAll

..

•

respond:

For his life-work, al-so.

1/. .... •

/ -' III ,

,

,

,

He

ma-keth

scrut-in-y; i] :I I

where-fore ~ ,..

he '"

:I

•

~ ,

I

•

snatch-ed

I !Iii =

I ' III

the soul of the most pa-gan Tra- jan, ex-chang-ed for with prayers and ,~

!Iii ..,' & i III _.. , II ~_ '"

tears, from the ver-y cham-ber of HeIL/ /

,t /- 'J' _ :-- A *

Tone 3 I (. ' .] ••• (. 0 • '] •••• • - • -, • I

Psalm t tt.

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the Znd Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Bless-ed is the man that i f'ear-eth the Lord; *

Then, only the 2'Jttr1 Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: .....

in His commandments shall he 1- great-ly •

/'

•••••••••

!Iii :I. :I II

.~

de-light.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire' chants the' entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

His seed shall be T migh-ty up-on the Earth; * the generation of the upright 1- shall be bless-ed.

Glory and riches T shall be in his house, * and his righteousness abideth unto a- 1- ges of a-ges.

There hath risen up in darkness a T light for the up-right; * he is merciful and compassion- 1- ate and righ-teous.

A good man is he that is compassionate and -Ien-deth; t he shall order his i words with judg-ment; * for he shall remain un-sha- 1- ken for ev-er.

In everlasting remembrance T shall the righ-teous be; * he shall not be afraid of

1 e-vil !i-dings. .

His heart is ready to hope in the Lord; this T heart is es-tab-lish-ed; * he shall not be afraid, until he look down up- 1 on his en-em-Ies.

He hath disper-sed, he hath given to the poor, t his righteousness abideth unto T a-ges of a-ges; * his horn shall be ex-alt- 1- ed with gJor-Y.

The sinner shall see and be _ang-er-ed, t he shall gnash with his T teeth and melt a-way; * the desire of the sin- 1 ner shall per-ish.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the lie Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both T now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.

N 187 I Mar. 12 I 25 - Second Vespers of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D. I N 187

I I ill"" ..... I I

Then, • -" l1li I" I I •

All repeat:

I ;1 I

For his life-work, ai-so, he ma-keth scrut-in-y; where-fore he

I

l1li I

I

...

;

I

I •

snatch-ed the soul of the most pa-gan Tra- jan, ex-chang-ed for with prayers and

l1li ... [I ij

tears, from the ver-y cham-ber of Hell.

The 1st Cantor alone begins chanting the 3rd Antiphon:

..

/ His al-so.

I

•

I

". ; I

I ;

;

~'. J

respond:

Is the ,praise-wor-thy com-mend-a-tion that

to, I

I

l1li .• ~

I

l1li"

•

•

I •

•

I'

I '/

1,'

•

the new Church of the Eng-lish is ev-er/cul-tiv-a-ted at the

,+ ~-.z., A *

Tone 4 I [. • I] I. I [I 0 • '] • I I • I • 0 • I I I • I I

Psalm 112:

root.

I • I

• l1li II

• • IL

C! I~

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes iwithin the first set of brackets therein):

Praise the Lord, 1 0 ye ser-vants; *

Then, only the 1£!.t. Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire completes the verse:

• ~ • • -" A

praise ye 1 the Name of the Lord.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Qj_ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the, verses thereafter:

Bless-ed be the 1 Name of the Lord, * from hence- 1 forth and for ev-er-more. From the rising of the Sun unto the go- 1 ing down Of the same, * the Name of

the Lord 1 is to be prais-ed. -

High above all the 1 na-tions is the Lord, * above the Heav- 1 "ens is His GJor-Y. Who is like unto the Lord Our God, Who 1 dwell-eth on High, * and looketh down on things that are lowly, in 1 Heav-en and on the Earth?

Who raiseth up the 1 poor man from the Earth, * and from the dunghill

lift- 1 eth up the pail-per, #

That He may seat 1 him with prin-ces, * with the prin- 1 ces Of His peo-ple, Who maketh the barren woman to 1 dwell in a house * and be a mother re- joic- 1 ing o-ver chiI-dren.

Glory be to the Fath- 1 er, and to the + Son, * 1 and to the Ho-ly Ghost.


a-ges. A-men.

Then, All repeat:

I I •• • ",; I .; l1li; ~'. J


I

. ~

I

l1li"

• •

• •

•

••

I II

•

the new Church of the Eng-Iish is ev-er cul-tiv-a-ted at the root.

N 1881

Mar. 12 I 25 - Second Vespers of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D.

1 N 188


begins chanting the 4th Antiphon: Let us praise the Lord. t:============~;~==1;==~.~===;1====~~~====1==~'~

All respond. 6 iii I

That, by the teach-ings of most bless-ed

ts II

I

I liS ... ..... ; .. IS t I I
• • •
tQrough-out the whole world, once en-ti- ced by sin, are
"'.
~ I IS ; -yr- Greg-or-y, man-y

I

re-turn-ed un-to the clem-en-cy of Christ. t ) ~-\

Tone 4 Jt I I] III [I: I J .. II I I I

'"

,

,_.._.. A

[3 I

I I 1.1 I I I

I ~. II

I I iii • §

Psalm 115:

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 4th Psalm, ,;; using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein): I, I be-liev-ed, .1 where-fore i spake.. *

"

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei.tbs Quire completes the verse:

I was .1 hum-bled ex-ceed-ing-ly.

And then 1 only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter.

As for me, I said J, in mine ec-sta-sy: '" "Every J, man is a li-ar·."

What shall I ren- .1 der un-to the Lord; * for all that He hath .1 ren-der-ed

/

un-to me?

I will take t'be Cup J, of sal-va-tion, '" and I will call upon J, the Name of ...... the ~

Lord.

My vows unto the Lord will I pay in the presenf-e of .1 all His peo-ple; '" precious in the Sight of the Lord is J, the death of His Saints.

o Lord, i .1 am Thy ser-vant; * I am Thy. servant and the .1 son of Thy hand-maid.

Thou hast broken my bonds as-un-der; t I will sacrifice a sacrif-ice J, of praise un-to Thee, '" and 1 will call upon .1 the Name of the Lord.

My vows unto the Lord will I pay in the presence of .1 ill His peo-ple; '" in the Courts of the House of the Lord, in the midst of J, thee,,,,O Jer-u-sa-lem.

Glory be to the Fath- .1 er, and to the + Son, * .1 and to the Ho-ly Ghost.

in the beginning, both .1 now and ev-er, '" and unto the ages .1 of

As it was a-ges. A-men.

Th ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~;~~;~~I~~;I~~~~~~~~

en, = IS ~ I iii; I I ~ I •


All repeat: '-iii;

Greg-or-y,

I

IS II

• lIS ... ..... ; .. IS f • I
;II I I I •
man-y through-out the whole world, once en-tl- ced by sin, are
; .. • ~ I IS I 111
I •

•


N 189 I Mar. 12 I 25 - Second Vespers of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D. IN 189

The Chapter

The Hebdomadary alone chants the following Chapter (James 1: 12):

Bless-ed is the man that endureth temptation; t for when he is tried, he shall

receive the crown of -life, :I< which the Lord hath promised to them I I I I ~ II.

that love Him. All respond: ~. Thanks be to God.

'"

The Responsory

alone chants:

The 1st Cantor

,,-~

r .• •

o Ap-os-tol-ic Shep - herd.

respond: .

-"
I = ~~~ I ~
., ~ II :I"""~,.
~ •
I I'i I
0 De-fend-er of the Church, Greg-or ',i
- y, ( •

Con-fess-or

iI"iOI:!l'i •

of Christ,

/1 .jIj :I 1'1 I E-Iu-ci-da -tor

NoA~ .. I ~.;, q

Au gus-tine,

of

i·e ~

tance through the Lord Je - sus Christ.

., .

grant us as-sis-

I

alone chants: y. Be Mind-ful

....... ,.

of Thy Con-gre-ga-tion

~ I

I I

I

til. •

~ ..

which Thou hast ob-tain-ed by the grace

Th H bd d ~~~'~=~~~~~~~~~~~E'~·~5E~·~~~:I~~'~~~~~~~

e e oma ary= ...... /\IIV'~'.Mtlj 4·. ~~ ~ "" "" I fa

alone chants: y. Glor-y be to the Fath-er, and to the

I

All

respond:

Christ.

I

Son, lie and to

All
respond:
I "" = .. ., ptj II •

Christ. of Christ.

:I

~ ••• 'Is:!

i··

Grant

• us

as-sis -

tance through the Lord Je - sus

~'.

• r-.:I., N

". I,

Ghost.

the Ho - ly

~., .'4 ~'.

:I

Grant us

as-sis - tance through the Lord Je - sus

The Hymn and the Versicle

N 190 I Mar. 12 / 25 - Second Vespers of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D. IN 190
n • • • •
• III,.. • • • •
1'1
1. This the Con - fes - sor
The 1st Cantor's side only completes line 1: 4 Of the Lord whose tri - umph 1.4
The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 2:
2. Saint - Jy and pru - dent,
---{> Mod - est in be -", ha- viour, 2.4
The 1st Cantor's side only chants line 3.·
3. Sick ones of old time
4 To his tomb re - sort - ing, 3.4
The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 4:·
.... 4. Whence "we .. in chor
- -us
4 Glad - Iy do him hon - our, 4.4
/'
All chant line 5.-
5. His be the Glor - y, I
'ii
4 Pow - er, and sal - va - tion, . 5.4 r
0 • • ~., I ij
• • L·· • • • •
• •
/,
1. Now all the faith - fill
4 Cel - eb - rate with glad - ness 1.~
2. Peace - ful and so - ber,
~ Chaste was he, and low - Iy, 2.4
3. Sore - Iy by ail - ments
4 Man - if - old af - flict - ed, 3.~
~ With de - vout af - fee - tlon, 4.~
5. Who 0 . - .. 'fer all things
~ Reign - eth in the High - est, 5.~
0 • • ; .~ ..
• III,.. • • • •
1'1
4 Was deern'd fit to en - ter 1.~
2. While that life's vig - our,
~ Cours -ing through his . mem - hers, 2.4
3. Oft - times have wei - com'd
4 Health and strength re - turn - ing, 3.4
4. That in his bless - ings
4 We may have a por - tion 4.4
'"
5. Earth's might - v fab - ric
"
4 Ru - ling and di - reet - ing, 5.4
fi P " ~
• • ...
• • • 1. In to his glor - y. 1.
2. Quick - en'd his be - ing. 2.
3. At his pet - i - tion. 3.
4. Now and for ev - ere 4.
5. One - Jy and Tri - nal. A - men. y. Pray for us, 0 bless-ed Gregory.

I¥. That we may be rendered meet for the promises of Christ.

The Antiphon on the Magnificat and the Magnificat

Then is sung the Antiphon on the Magnificat, which is I 1IW1\~!Ii. ;.;

N 191 I Mar. 12 I 25 - Second Vespers of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D.

IN 191

• 'IIW

always begun by the Abbot (or Senir in Quire) alone: This is one of the ,or-ig-in-al.

All continue the ~ PIli 1'.'!Ii I • ~ III ~.. Ii ~ I


re-known-ed

as by the Sun shi-neth the Moon., The Magnif~cat [Luke 1: 46 - 55).' .

'"'

After the Antiphon on,,lhe Magnificat, the

1 st Cantor alone begins chanting the M agnif icat: It My soul >.

Only the 1 st C antC!r' s side ei: the Quire responds with I· I • • • • .~

/ '/

/'

I

the 2nd half of the 1st verse of the M'agnificat:

/

'1 *'1


,

_ A

Tone 8 I • I ~ I I I I I I I I !Ii I I I 8 I I e =] r 8 ~ I] I I I I I I

• I

I • • ,,~

Only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the 2nd verse of the Magnificat, using this Tone, including the intonation notes:

And my spir- 1 it hath re-joi-ced :;: in l God My Sa-viour.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (including the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

For He hath look-ed upon the low-li-ness 1 Of His hand-maid-em " 1 for

be-hold, from hence=forth all generations shall l call me: "Bless-ed." , "

For the Might-y One hath 1 done great J;hings un-to me; * and l Ho-ly is His Name. And His mer-cy is 1 on them that fear HJm~:;: 1 un-to gener-a-tion and l gen-er-a-tion. He hath show- 1 ed strength with His Arm; :;: 1 He hath scat-ter-ed the proud

in the imagin- J a-tion Of their heart. ,I

I" d He ~ath put down 1 the might-y from their seat, :;: 1 and ex-al-ted l them of

ow eg-ree. ~""

He hath fill-ed 1 the hun-gry with good things, * 1 and the rich He hath sent

l emp-ty a-way. _, "

He hath hoi-pen 1 His ser-vant Is-ra-el :;: 1 in re-mem-brance 1 Of His mer-cy, As (') He 1 spake to our fath-ers, * 1 to A-bra-ham, and his l seed for ev-er. Glor-y be to the 1 Fath-er, and to the It Son, :;: and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost. ,

As it was in the beginning, 1 both now and ev-er, :;: 1 and un-to the a-ges of 1 a-ges. A-men.

I '

Then IIW 1\ ~!Ii. I I I I 'l1li ~!Ii I ••• !Ii . 1- I ~ IIW ~.. ". ~ :I ~

All repeat: This is one of the or-ig-in-al The-o - lo-gians, Greg-or-y,

1;;;- .

I !Ii I I ... 1 !Ii I !Ii 1!Ii,' = I. • r-.:I ....

re-known-ed

, ..

I ••

, ~

Pope, ex-alt-ed in Rom-u-lus-is cit-y, by whose doc-trine the Church shi-neth forth,

I ,..1. = !Ii II ~

•• I !Ii II •

as by the Sun shi-neth the Moon.

The Collect

Kindly pour forth Thy mercy upon us, we beseech Thee, 0 Lord, at the intercession of Thy blessed confessor and Bishop Gregory, and deal graciously unto our sins by his implorings. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages. ~" Amen.

N 192 I Mar. 17 I 30 - Second Vespers of St. Patrick, Apostle to the Irish, C.B. I N 192 March 17th I 30th

ST. PATRICK OF ARMAUGH, APOSTLE TO THE IRISH, C.B.

PATRON SAINT OF THE KINGDOM AND REPUBLIC OF IRELAND (to be observed as a Feast of XII Lessons)

N.B. If this Fe;st is trans f ered :to, a da"J q.ft~r Pascha , it it observed as given in Volume XV II of the Psalter, the Proper 0 ( the Saints (or the Julian Month 0 ( April.

..

/"

FIRST VESPERS

/'

All is to be done for First Vespers of this Feast as is given for First Vespers

for the Feast of St. Chad of Lichfield, pp. N57- N 63, except that for the name of1 St. Chad the name of St. Patrick is to be substituted. All mention of Sts . Albinu~ and I,

David of Wales I with their commemorations , is therefore omitted.

THE NIGHT VIGILS (Matins)

All is to be done for the Night Vigils on this Feast as given for the Night Vigils of the Feast of St. Chad of Lichfield I pp. N 63 - N 79, except for Collect I which is to be done as follows:

The Collect

, I ,

Grant, we beseech Thee, Almighty God, that honouring the Feast of Thy blessed

confessor and Bishop Patrick, we may both increase our devotion and further our salvation. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth. and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages. W. Amen.

MORNING SOLEMNITY (Lauds), PRIME, TERCE, SEXT, NONE, AND SECOND VESPERS '" '

All is to be done for these hours as is given for these hours for the Feast of St.

Chad of Lichfield, p p . N 79- N 116, except that for the name of St. Chad the name of St. Patrick is to be substituted.

N 1931 Mar. 18 I 31 - First Vespers of St. Edward the Martyr, King, M. 1 N 193 March 18th I 31st

ST. EDWARD THE MARTYR, KING OF ENGLAND, M. (to be observed as a Feast of XII Lessons)

N.B. If this Feast is trans f ered to a day after Pascha , it is observed as given in Volume XV 11 of the.Psalter , the Proper of the Saints for the Julian Month of April.

FIRST VESPERS

The Psalms

N.B. If the Feast of St , Patrick, Apostle to the Irish, has been kept on the previous day, the Antiphons and Psalms at Vespers shall be done as given for Second Vespers of St. Chad, pp. N 111 - N 1'14.' In all other cases, for the Antiphons and Psalms for this day , those of Vespers of the previous evening are to be said with the

""four [erial Psalms and their Antiphons, as given in Volume I of the Psalter, the

Psalter Outside Paschaltide. -"

The Chapt-er

I

'}

I,'

The Hebdomadary alone chants the [ollowing Chapter (James 1: 12):

Blessed is the man that endureth. temptation; t for when he is tried, he shall

I

I

I I ~ II'

receive the crown of life, * which God hath promised to them

that love Him.

All respond: W. Thanks be to God.

The Responsory

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Then the 1st Cantor ~ I ~ ~ II " ...

I ~ II I I

...... With a robe of glor-y hath the Lord c1oth-ed him.

"

alone chants:

I ~ II I I

With a robe of glor-y hath the Lord cloth-ed hirh.

All respond:

I

The Hebdomadary

I

I

!IIi I I

I

I

alone chants:

.,. And a crown of great beaut-y hath He set up-on his head.

I

~ ... II I I

Hath the Lord cloth-ed him.

II

All respond:

....
~ I 5 I !IIi
I I I I I 1\ I
Glor-y be to the Fath-er, and to the Son, +
I I ~ I
I I

The Hebdomadary

alone chants: .,.

I

I

and to the Ho-ly Ghost.

I

; I ~ ~ II II ...

All respond:

I ~ II I I

With a robe of glor-y hath the Lord c1oth-ed him.

The Hvmn

N 1941

Mar. 18 I 31 - First Vespers of St. Edward the Martyr, King, M.

1 N 194

I

I

I

I

I • I

I I ~

~

I

I

I I I ...

The 1st Cantor alone chants the intonation. 1. Of all Thy war- rior Saints, 0 Lord,

The 1st Cantor's side only completes line 1: -'» The por-tion, crown, and great re-ward; 1.-'» The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 2:

2. The pleas-ures of the world he spurn'd,

-'» From sin's per-ni- cious lures he turn'd; 2.-'»

The 1st Cantor's side onl"'t} chants line 3: . ...

3. For Thee throughman-y a woe he ran, .,

-'» In man-y a fight he play'd the man, 3.~

The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 4:

4. We there-fore pray Thee, Full of love"

/' -'» Re-gard us from Thy Throne .a-bove; 4.-'»

Then All chant line 5: ~ 5. All-laud to God the Fath -, er be,

I

All praise, E-ter - nal Son to Thee; 5.-'»

.1 ,5 I ifii ~ ""/

• I ; I ~ ;1

1. From all trans-gres-sions set us free, I,

-7 Who sing the mar-tyr's vic-tor - y~ 1. I as trans-ient all;"

/- -; He reach'd at length Thy Heav'n-Iv Hall. 2.

was fain to pour, ~

-'» And thence hath joy for ev - er- more. 3. 4. On this Thy mar-tyr's tri-umph-day,

-'» Was ev - 'ry stain of is ev - er meet,

-'» To

I

I

IS

I

2. Ac- count-ing them

3. For Thee his blood

God the Ho - Iy

I 111

..... I

sin a - way. 4. Par-a - clete. 5.

5. All glor - y,

as


_ The Versicle

~

A - men.

Yt._. The righteous man shall flourish like a palm tree. ~. And like a cedar in Lebanon shall he be multiplied..

The Antiphon on the Magnificat and the Magnifica~

Then is sung the Antiphon on the Magnificat, which is I • p ~ ~

always begun by the Abbot (or Senior in Quire) alone: This is a man,

- - I -

All continue the • I • • I ;.. ~

I ~

I

I

Antiphon as follows: •

I

That hath not been for-sa-ken by God in the day

"lr I~ ;& I

-~ 1=- ptj.

•

•

•

; ..

of his strug-gle, and he hath tram-pled up-on the head of the an-cient ser-pent; in

I I I. I ~

I. II ~ I I. I ;I~II l'id

this way he is crown-ed, for he hath f'aith-f'ul-Iy been vic-tor-i-ous in the

I I ~

• I ptj... IS ; Iii

com-mand-ments of the Lord His God.

The Magnificat (Luke 1: 46 ~ 55):

After the Antiphon on the Magnificat, the

I

1st Cantor alone begins chanting the Magnificat: + My soul *.

Only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire responds with I I • I I

I •

the 2nd half of the lst verse of the Magnificat:


N 195 I Mar. 18 I 31 - First Vespers of St. Edward the Martyr, King, M. IN 195

*1.

"

_ A

Tone 8 I • • ~........ 1\ I • I G I I e~] r G G ;] • I. I •• I I • I I III Only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the 2nd verse of the Magnificat I using this Tone, including the intonation notes:

And my spir- 1 it hath re- jui-ced * in ~ God My Sa-viour.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (including the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

For He hath look-ed upon the low-li-ness 1, of His hand-mald-en; * 1, for

be-hold, from hence-forth all generations shall ~ ca!1 me. "B1ess-ed."" • ,

For the Might-y One hath 1, done great Jhings un .... to me; * and ~ Ho-ly is His Name. And His mer-cy is 1, on them that fear Him." 1, un-to gener-a-tion and 1 gen-er-a-tion. He hath show- 1, ed strength with His Arm; * 1, He hath scat-ter-ed the proud

in the imagin- ~ a-tion Of their heart. ,,'

He hath put down 1, the might-y from tb.eir seat, * 1, and ex-al-ted ~ them of low d~-reEL

.... He hath fill-ed 1, the hun-gry wjth goQd_ things, * 1, and the rich He hath sent 1 emp-ty a-way.

He hath hoi-pen 1, His ser-vant Is-ra-el * 1, in re-mem-brance ~ Of His mer-cy,

As (') He 1, spake to our fath-ers, * 1, to A-bra-ham, and his ~ seed for ev-er." Glor-y be to the 1, Fath-er, and to the lie Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost. , / As it was in the beginning' ,1, both now and ev-er, * 1, and un-to the a-ses of 1 a-ges. - A-men. ',.f

I . ~ '. I

Then All I I '" if' ;.. I I ;., ~ I '" I I I I

This hath/ not J~
repeat: is a man that been for-sa-ken by God in the day
I ~ ; I "if I ~ • s • ij
;., . I ~ !II I 1\ Ii
I I • • I I • I 1\ I I I.; • 1\ I I ....

this I

•

way he is crown-ed, for he hath faith-ful-Iy been vic-tor-i-ous in the

• I 1\ 1\... Ii ; II ~

com-mand-meats ef the Lord His God.

The Collect

Grant, we beseech Thee, Almighty God, that we who keep the Feast of Thy blessed King and martyr Edward, may, through his intercession, be-strengthened in the love of Thy Name. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee, in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages. W. Amen.

The Commemoration of Second Vespers of St. Patrick. Apostle to the Irish, C.B. (to be done only where the previous day was kept as the Feast of St. Patrick)

The following commemoration is begun by the 1st Cantor alone:

All continue the i=========zP======::::::!!==~;=~

III • 1\ I I ;

I ~ ~ ~ I

I fI III

Dear Con-fes-sor of the Lord.


I I • De-vo-ted

ser-vant of the King, Pa-trick,

f" • -- • '-1., •

I i

I' I. III I I III • 1\1 ; •

firm-Iy plant-ed in the Heav-en-Iy Coun-cil of the Saints, hear the prayers of thy

I I I I

1\ I • '" I I; 1\ I ",... 1\ I ... NI II ij

III I ~'. I I'oiI

chil-dren, the vows of thy sup-pli- ants, and for us be-seech the Lord, the King of kings.

y. Pray for us, 0 bless-ed Patrick.

W. That we may be made worthy of the promises of Christ.

Y. Let us pray. We entreat the grace of Thy blessing, 0 Lord, by the intercession of blessed Patrick, Thy confessor and Bishop, that, we may perceive the assistance of his supplication, at whose oncoming we celebrate his glory. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages. W. Amen.

N 196 I Mar. 18 I 31 - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Edward the Martyr, King, M. IN 196 NIGHT VIGILS (Matins)

The Invitatory and The Venite-Psalm 94

After Psalm 3 has been completed, the Cantors chant the Invitatory and the Venite (Psalm 94) as [ollows:

Only the 1st and 2nd Cantors

• In! • ~ t-,...;....

chant the entire Invitatory together: The rig~-teous man shall ~fl9ur-ish when

• PIW • ::I • r\i ~ • ~ I '" . I -. ::I I r'iI ... ~ ~PIW •

he hath been plant-ed in the House of t,he Lord; * let us rejoice and ex - ult on

I t.0 PIW II /

= ::I " 1\ I,,· ,. I p\ ~

....

his sa-cred so-I em - nit - v.

J /

Then All repeat

I In! I ~ t-I'...:!... I rfi ij ,

. (

the entire l nvitator y: The righ-teous man shall flour-ish when /

I PIW • ::I • 1\ = I ~ _ I III I I ::I • ~ ... ~ ~I'i. ..!

he hath been plant-ed in the House of- the Lord; * let us rejoice and ex - ult on I

I = ::I • I r\ ::I t. o. PIW ,. I p\ II ~

his sa-cred so-lem - nit - y.

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors ~~~t ... g~~'~.~~'~~.~~,..~i,~!I~~~~~~~

= ~ .• iII. - - -.::1 • •

begin the Venite together: Ps. Come, let us re-joice in the Lord; let us shout with

• .::1 I I I =·0 I

. ,

ju-bil-a-tion un-tJ"God Our Sa-viour.

I ,

I

I I

•

I

I

• •

I

I

•

Let us come be-fore His Coun-ten-ance with

II ~

I

I I I I

::I • "'I ::I. •

thanks-giv-ing, and with Psalms let us shout in ju-bil-a-tion un-to

Him.

Then All repeat I In! I ~ t-r-.;... I rfi ij

the entire I nvitatory: The righ-teous man shall flour-ish when

1!It • ::I • r\i = I ~ I III I I ::I • r'iI ... ~ ~PIW I

he hath been plant-ed in the House of the Lord; * let us rejoice and ex - ult on

I = ::I I I r\ ::I t. .• p\ ,. I "II ~

his sa-cred so-Iem - nit - y.

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors


::I

•

• • •• I I I 1.--

fill I =.. I ~.o. I I;: r'I

o-ver all (gods; for the Lord will not cast off His peo-ple.) For in His Hand are

I II • • I '1iII!I P\::I • I • I '" .lIij

the ends of the Earth, and the heights of the moun-tains are His.

Then All repeat only the 2nd half of the Lnvitator y , as follows:

I

I ::I •

r'iI ... ~ ~p\. = ::I

Let us rejoice and ex - ult on his sa-cred

"M; ::I t.'.PIW ,.1 ... 11 ~

so-l em - nit - y.

N 197 I Mar. 18 I 31 - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Edward the Martyr, King, M. I N 197 Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors

• ••••• I

~ •• tI • • '. I •

continue the Venite together: For the sea is His, and He made it·, and the drv

~ ~ I J

.. I~ Here • I •• • • •

• • III ~·I· ..

land His Hands have fash-ion-ed. all bow. 0 come, let us wor-ship and fall down

~;.~.~~.~~~~~~.~~.~~.~~.~~.~~.~~~~.~~~~~.~II Here II~.;===~==.==~I~.

For He is Our

be-fore Him, and let us weep be-fore the Lord Who made us; all rise.

I I " I

1\ Ii.:! • • •• • • ~~" - .• " • •• ;ii" ci

God. And we are the peo-ple of His pas-ture, and the sheep of His Hand.

II

Then All repeat the e·ntir; Lnvitator y:

•

... ..

•

- The righ-teous man shall

flour-ish when

~'~~~~~.~!1~·~~~~~1~~~·~~~~~~.~~~~I~.~I~.~~I\~ ... ~~~~~~§~~.~~.~ij,

he hath been plant-ed in the House of the Lord; * let us rejoice and ex - ult on (; r

I ~ I "1\ I i'~~ ,.. ~" • I

his sa-cred so-I em - nit - y.

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors

~ •• tI • • • • • • ~ 1;11 ; "'" q


To - day, if ye will hear His Voice, har-den not

~ ..

••

•

•

•

•

• •

• •

•

• I'

•

•

• • •

•

•

• •

I your hearts. As in the prov-o-ca-tion, in the d~y of temp-ta-tion in the wil-der-ness.

• ~. • • • I I Ii.:! ~; .; ~ ~ I II~

...... . \

For your fath .... ers ~temp-ted Me; they prov-ed Me and saw My works.

Then All repeat only the 2nd half of the lnvitatory , as ,follows:

'II~ I i':~ .~. iii II ~

• I • 1\ ... ~ ~~. ~ ~ HI _ _ .. ~

Let us rejoice and ex - ult on his sa-cred so-lem - nit - y.

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors ~~~§~~~~~.~~~.~~.~~.~~.gl~~.~~~§

= ~ .• tI· • • ~

continue the Venite together: For - ty years long was I griev-ed with that

I

• I

• I • • • •• I... ~..' • • • •

ren-er-a-tion, and I said: "They do al-ways err in their' hearts. And they have not

~ • I I •• ~ • I II

i... Ii.:!' ~ = .' • ~ Ii

known My ways, so I sware in Mine ang-er: 'They shall not en-ter in-to My

rest.' "

Then All repeat

•

... .

•

the entire Invitator y:

The righ-teous man shall

flour-ish when

he hath been plant-ed in the House of the Lord; * let us rejoice and ex - ult on

; ~ I II 1\ I i'· ~ ,.. ~ II •

his sa-cred so-Iem - nit - y.

N 198 I Mar. 18 I 31 - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Edward the Martyr, King, M. IN 198

Then only the 1 sf and 2nd Cantor s ~~~~ •• ~,,~.~~. ~.~~. ~;.~~.~~ei~~'~~ptji~~.~~i.

conclude the Venite together: Glor - y be to the Fath-er, and to the + Son,

= • • ~..' • I. • .• ..!Ii. • •• •••

..:Iij and

and to the Ho- ly Ghost. As it was in the be-gin-ning, both now and ev-er, I

un-to the a-ges of a - ges. A - men.

Then All repeat only the 2nd half of the Invitatory , as follows:

I • = • ~ ... ~~!Ii = = "r-.; = ;'.'" ,.. !Ii" ~

., tI' •

... Let us rejoice and ex - ult on his sa -cred so-l em - nit - y.

Then only the 1st and 2nd Cantors chant the l st half of the Lnvitatory:

• l1'li

•

t-1'oICI b • ,.. = • n. ~ ij /
.... • ,/
shall flour-ish when he hath been plant-ed in the I'
I
-: /' I

The righ-teous man

• ~ • III

House of the Lord. *

Then All repeat only the 2nd half of the Invitator y , as follows:

I

. = .

1Ir-.; = ;'.'" ,.. !Ii " ~

I

Let us rejoice and ex - ult on his sa-cred The Hvmn:

so-Iem ..:. nit - y.

•

~'" = •
!Ii •

•

I • !Ii

•

•

• •

The l st Cantor alone chants the intonation: 1. Of all Thy war- rior Saints, 0 Lord,

The 1st Cantor's side only completes line 1: 4 The por-tion, crown, and ~reat re-ward; 1.4 The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 2:

2. The pleas-ures of the world he spurn'd,

4 From sin's per-ni- cious lures he turn'd; 2.4 The 1st Cantor's side only chants line 3:

3. For Thee throughman-y a woe he ran,

4

In man-ya fight he play'd the man, 3.4

The 2nd Cantor's side only chants line 4: 4. We there-fore pray Thee, Full of love,

4 Re-gard us from Thy Throne a-bove; 4.-).

Then All chant line 5:

5. All-laud to God the Fath - er

I

• •

be,
4 All praise, E-ter - nal Son to Thee; 5.~
• I = !Ii I'i = = • IIi
• • •

•

... 1. From all trans-gres-sions set us free,

4 Who sing the mar-tyr's vic-tor - y. 1. 2. Ac- count-ing them as trans-ient all,

-). He reach'd at length Thy Heav'n-Iy Hall. 2. 3. For Thee his blood was fain to pour,

4 And thence hath joy for ev - er- more. 3. mar-tyr's tri-umph-day,

4 Was ev - 'ry stain of sin a - way. 4. is ev - er meet,

4 To

•

4. On this Thy

5. All glor - y,

as

God the Ho - Iy

I = •. ' 111

Par- a - clete. 5.


A - men.

N 199 I Mar. 18 I 31 - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Edward the Martyr, King, M. I N 199 The First Nocturn

The Psalms

Six Psalms are then chanted for the First Nocturn , as follows:

Then, the 1st Cantor alone

I

•

• =. ij

' .

begins chanting the l st Antiphon:

I I

All = I !Iii'" , ......

In the law.

~ •• ~ r'i,.. .! II ij

respond: Of the Lord was his will day and night.

Tonel l [, • 'J'" [,: .~J"'/' ':: i ' , , '" , , , ' :, , 0 , II,

Psalm 1. /'

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 1st Psalm , I using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein): '/l Bless-ed is the man that hath not walked in the counsel of the ungod-ly, t nor I, stood in the way of 1 sin-ners, *,

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the'Quire completes the verse:

/ - nor sat in the seat 1 of the pes-til-ent.


But his will is rather in the law of 1 the Lord, * and in His law will he med- 1 it-ate day and night.

And he shall be like the tree which is planted by the' streams of the 1 wat-ers, * which shall bring forth its fruit 1 in its sea-son.

And its leaf shall 1 not fall; * and all things whatsoever he may 1 do shall

pros-per. ~"

Not so are the un-god-ly, 1 not so; * but rather they are like the chaff which the wind doth hurl away from 1 the face Of the Earth.

For this reason shall the ungodly not stand up in J judg-ment; * nor sinners in the council 1 Of the rlgh-teotis.

For the Lord knoweth the way of the 1 rlgh-teous, * and the way of the un-god- I ly shall per-ish.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to 1 the + Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.


Then, 1~~'~~'~=~~~.!=~~I~!Iii~ ... ~I~,~~~.~ ... ~~~~~~~~r'i~~~~.~~lIij

All repeat: In the law of the Lord was his will day and night.

1/

Then the 2nd Cantor alone begins chanting the 2nd Antiphon:

I

I •

•

Pro-claim-Ing.

I

•

•

•

•

;

•

•

All respond:

The com-mand-ment of the Lord, he was

I

• • I' •

es-tab-lish-ed up-on His Ho-ly Moun-tain.

• I • IS "

N 200 I Mar. 18 I 31 - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Edward the Martyr, King, M. I N 200

,t J.VA*

Tone 1 I [. I I) I I I [I 0 I '] I I I I I I I

...

I I I 1.1 I I I

I I ;

o I II ~

Psalm 2:

Then the 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm I using this Tone I including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Why have the hea-then 1 ra-ged, :<: ...

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the' Quire completes the verse: A

and the peoples medi- 1 ta-ted emp-ty things?

And then I only the 1st Cantor's side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two side's alternating the verses thereafter:

The kings of the Earth were arou-sed, t am! the rulers were' assem-bled "" to- 1 geth-er, * against the Lordv-] and ag-ainst His Christ.

Let us break their bonds as- J, un-der, * and let us cast a- 1 way their yoke

from us. ' .

He That dwelleth in the Heavens shall laugh them J, to scorn,* and the Lord ,1

1 shall de-ride them.. I,

Then shall He speak un-to them in,l His wrath, * and in His anger 1 shall He .

troub-le them. -: ' I,

ButAas for Me, I was Established as King by Him, t upon Syon His Ho-ly 1 Moun-tain, * Proclaiming the com- 1 rnand-ment Of the Lord.

The Lord said tin- J, to Me: * "THOU ART My Son; this day have J, i be-got-ten Thee."

Ask of Me, and I will give Thee the nations for Thine in-her- 1 lt-ance, * and the uttermost parts of the Earth for 1 Thy pos-ses-sidn,

Thou shalt herd them with a rod of 1 I-ron, * Thou shalt shatter them like a 1 pot-ter's ves-sels.

A And now, O~e kings, un- J, dar-stand; * be instructed, all J, ye that judge ,the

Earth. • '"

Serve ye the Lord J, with fear, * and rejoice in J, Him with trem-bling.

Lay hold of instruc-tion, t lest at any time the Lord be 1 Ang-ry, * and ye

perish 1 from the righ-teous way. / ,I

W1!.en quickly His wrath be 1 kin-died, * blessed are all that have J, put their trust in Him.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to J, the + Son, * and J, to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both now and 1 ev-er, * and' unto the ages of

1 a-ges. A-men.

Then, All repeat:

I

•

II

I

~ I

I

I

I

I

I

I

Pro-c1aim-ing the com-mand-ment of the Lord, he was

I I I I I • I I IS hi I I II ~

es-tab-lish-ed up-on His Ho-ly Moun-tain.

Then the 1st Cantor alone begins chanting the 3rd Antiphon:

I

~ I !Ii

• 1'1

o ye sons of men.

I

I

•

•

I

All respond:

Know ai-so that the Lord hath made

•

!Ii I I

II ~

•

won-drous His Ho-ly One.


, t l' , *

Tone 2 It.) ••• t. I) •••• • EO • I

~I. j ~n~

•••••••••

,

_ A

Psalm 4:

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

When I call-ed upon Thee, 0 God of my righteousness, Thou didst T heark-en

un-to me; *.., ...

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quir~ 'completes the verse:

in mine affliction Thou 1. hast en-larg-ed me.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's "side el. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the "'intonation notes), the tWQ sides alternating the verses thereafter:

....

Have com- T pas-sion OIJ- me, * 1. arid hear my prayer.

o ye sons of men, how long will T ye be slow of heart? * Why do ye love vanity,

and seek 1. af-ter false-hood?

I 'i

;-

Know also that the Lord hath made T won-drous His Ho-ly One; * the Lord I

will hearken unto me when 1. I cry un-to/IIi m. /1

Be angry, and sin not; t feel com- T punc-tion up-on your beds * for what 1. ye say in your hearts.

Sacrifice a sacrifice of righ-teous-ness, t T and hope in the Lord; * many say:

"Who will show iin- 1. to us good things?"

The Light of Thy Countenance, 0 Lord, hath been T sign-ed up-on us; * Thou hast given glad- 1. ness to my heart.

From the fruit T of their wheat, wine and oil * are they 1. mul-ti-pli-ed .

......-

In peace Tin" the same place * I shall 1. lay me down and sleep.

For T Thou, 0 Lord, A-lone, * hast made 1, me to dwell in hope.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the + Son, * and.'I to the HoHy Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both T now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of

1, a-ges. A-men.

Then, rfi ... I III •
~ • !Ii • • •
• III
All repeat: 0 ye sons of men, know ai-so that the Lord hath made
I II
" • !Ii
• • • '"
won-drous His Ho-Iy One. Then the 2nd Cantor alone begins chanting the 4th Antiphon:

•

•

With a shield.

• fIi = III. I .,.. =

Of Thy good pleas-ure, hast Thou crown-ed

All respond:

IS ;; •

II •

him, 0 Lord.

N 2021 Mar. 18 I 31 - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Edward the Martyr, King, M. IN 202

I ~ ~ ~' tl~'

Tone 2 • •••• ••••

• • 0 •

l' , *

• 8 • I

• ••••••••

Ilij

.. . . ..

Psalm 5.-


Un-to my words give t ear, 0 Lord; ,* ...

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: 1 hear my cry.

And then, only the 1 st Cantor' s sid~' Q[_ the Quire chants the entire. next verse

" ~

... ( omitting the intonation notes), thetwo sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Attend unto the voice of -my sup-pli- T col-don, * 0 My King 1 and My God.

For unto Thee will I 1 pray, 0 Lord; ;;: in the morn-ing Thou 1 shalt hear my

/

;1

I

A

voice.

In the morning shall I stand be-fore Thee, and thou shalt look up- T on

me; * for not a God that wiliest in-I-quit- { y art Thou. ;,

He that worketh evil shall nO(-1 dwell near Thee;;;: nor shall transgressors a-bide 1 be-fore Thine Eyes.

Thou hast hated all them that work in- 1 i-quit-y; ;;: Thou shalt destroy all them 1 that speak a lie.

A man that is bloody and deceitful shill the i Lord ab-hor; * but as for me, in the multi-tude of 1 Thy mer-cy,

Shall I go in- i t6 Thy House? ;;: I shall worship toward Thy Holy Tem-ple 1 in

fear of Thee. ~.... "

o Lord, guide me in the way of Thy righteousness because of mine en- i em-ies; * make straight my way 1 be-fore Thee.

For in their mouth there i is no Truth; * their 1 heart is vain. I

Their throat is an open sep-ul-chre; t with their tongues have they spo-ken de- i celt-ful-ly; ;;: judge 1 them, 6 God.

Let them fall down on account of their own dev-l-sjngs; + according to the multitude of their un-god-li-ness, i cast them out; ;;: for they have em-bjt-ter+ 1 ed

Thee, 0 L~rd. .

And let all them be glad that i hope in Thee; * they shall ever rejoice, and Thou

shalt dwell 1 am-ong them. -:

And all shall glory in Thee that i love Thy Name, * for Thou shalt bless 1 the

righ-teous.

o Lord, as with a shield of Thy good 1 pleas-ure, * hast 1 Thou crown-ed us. Glory be to the Fath-er, and i t6 the .. Son, ;;: and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and i ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- 1 ges. A-men.

Then, All repeat:

lIS :I. lIij

him, 0 Lord.

• jItj •• jItj = III ••• jItj =

With a shield of Thy good pleas-ure, hast Thou crown-ed

N 2031 Mar. 18 I 31 - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Edward the Martyr, King, M. 1 N 203 C


- --

I = !Iii;

In all the Earth.


C

• ... I I ""... III I ; I II ~

With glor-y and maj-es-ty hast Thou crown-ed him.

C ~ ~ < ~ , +I~ r ,* J., "t,~ ::...-. A

;. I I;' I Q I I. I g ~ 'iii 01 I, I I I I I I • II

I I •• I I ~

. - ~

respond:

Tone 2

Psalm 8:

Then the 1st .. Cantor alone chants the [irst half of the first verse of the, 5th Psalm,

"

... using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

o Lord, Our Lord, how-T Won-der-fill '"

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quir~ completes the verse:

is Thy Name 1 in all the Earth.

I ;1

r

I

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side' ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse

I'

-:


For Thy magnifi-cence is i lif-ted * high a-bove 1 the Heav-ens.

Out of the mouths of babes and sucklings hast Thou perfected praise, be-cause of Thine i en-em-Ies, * to destroy the enemy and 1 av-en-ger.

For I will behold the Heavens, the works of Thy i Fing-ers, * the moon and the stars, which Thou 1 hast found-ed.

What is man, that Thou art Mind-ful i of him, * or the son of man, that Thou

vis- 1 it-est him? ~.... "-

Thou hast made him a little lower than the ang-els; t with glory and honour hast Thou i crown-ed him; * and Thou hast set him over ,the works 1, of Thy Hands.

All things hast Thou subjected under his feet, t sheep and all T ox-en, * yea, and the beasts 1 of the field,

The birds of the air, and the fish of i the sea, '" the things that pass through the

paths 1 of the sea.

D Lord, T Our Lord, * how Wonderful is Thy Name 1 in all the Earth! Glory be to the Fath-er, and to i the + Son, * and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and i ey-er, '" and unto the ages of a-1 ges. A-men.

I

I 111

1= !Iii; I II' "" ••• III' ;_n

Then,

All repeat: In all the Earth with glor-y and maj-es-ty hast Thou crown-ed him.


All I· • .;

I

•

; .

• I ~

The Lord is Righ-teous.

I I !Ii I

I

I •

I

respond:

I • •

I

And hath lov-ed

. ,,~

righ-teous-ness; up-on

up-right-ness hath His

•

Coun-ten-ance look-ed.

N 204 I Mar. 18 / 31 - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Edward the Martyr, King, M. I N 204

... T t_, ..... *

Tone 7 I [. • .] ." [I 8 I '] .. I I I 0 • • 0 • I I • I

Psalm 10:


...

In the Lord have I ho-ped; t how will ye- r -say! to my soul: *


l' _

A

III

• • I • D, I

o = II q

"Flee unto the mountains r like a spar-row?

/'

And then , ~mly the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse

~ (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

/' ,

For behold, the sinners have bent their bow, t they have prepared arrows T for

the quiv-er, * to shoot down in a moonless r night the up-right of heart. ,ft

For what Thou hast formed r they have de-stroy-ed; * and the righteous i man, /". what hath he done?

-:

The Lord is in His T Ho-ly Tem-ple; * the Lord, in T Heav-en is His Throne.

His Eyes are set up- t on the poor man; * His Eyelids ex- r am-ine the sons of

men.

The Lord examineth the righteous man and the un- T god-ly; * but he that loveth unrighteousness i ha-teth his own soul.

He will rain down T snares up-on sin-ners; * fire and brimstone and wind of tempest shall be the i por-tion Of their cup.

For the LorJis Righteous i and hath loved righ-teous-ness; * upon upright~es& hath His r Coun-ten-ance Iook'd.

Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the It Son, * and, T tfi the H~-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both t now and ev-er,';: and unto the ages of T a-ges. A-men.

All repeat: The Lord is Righ-teous, and hath lov-ed righ-teous-ness; up-on

I I

•

•

•

I I

I

I II ~

I

up-right-ness hath His Coun-ten-ance look-ed.

The Versicle

,.. With a shield of Thy good pleasure. ~. Hast Thou crowned him.

All Lessons and Responsories for the Night Vigils shall be found LIt the Lectionary.

N 205 I Mar. 18 I 31 - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Edward the Martyr, King, M. IN 205 The Second Nocturn

The Psalms

Six Psalms are then chanted for the Second Nocturn I as follows:

I

Then I the 1st Cantor alone

,..

I

I

I


I

He shall a-bide.

I I 1<,.. 1 I I I - I ,.. I I,.. ~ r"

Tone 4

, - .

In Thy Tab-er-nac-le; he shall dwell In thy Ho-ly Moun-tain.

... T J.,_z..., ,.. * J,~ ~ A

I f' I I J I I I (I 0 I I) I I I I II! I 8 I I I I I I I I I I I I III. I ,.. II

- - - - . - ,ij

.. .. -

respond:

... Psalm 14_-

/'

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 7th Psalm,

using this Tone, including the intonation notes Lwithin the first set of brackets therein): I ',/

o Lord, who shall abide in Thy t Tab-er-nac-le, * 1/

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei: theDuire completes the verse: I

/' ,

,- and who shall dwell in 1 Thy Ho-Iy Moun-tain?


He that 1 walk-eth blame-less, * 1 and work-eth righ-teous-ness:

Speak- t ing Truth in his heart, * who hath not spoken de- 1- celt-tul-ly with his tongue.

Neither hath done evil 1 to his neigh-bour, * nor taken up a reproach t a-gainst

those near him. . ~.... "

In his sight he that worketh e- 1 vii is set at nought;" but he glorifi- 1 eth them that fear the Lord.

I

He giveth oath to his neighbour, and fur-swear-eth not; t he hath not lent his

mon- 1 ey on u-su-ry, '" and hath not received bribes 1 a-gal nst the in-no-cent.

He that 1 do-eth these things * shall 1 nev-er be sha-ken.

Glory be to the Fath- .l er, and to the + Son, * 1 and to the Ho-ly Ghost.


a-ges. A-men.

Then, ~1~~",~~,~~,~,~~,~~i,~!I~,..~~I~~'31~,~~,~'~~",~,~~,~~",~~~~,~~,~111

All repeat: He shall a-bide in Thy Tab-er-nac-le; he shall dwel1 in Thy Ho-ly Moun-tain.


I

I

I

1 1

,

begins chanting the 8th Antiphon: Thou hast set, 0 Lord.

111'ii 1'1' =

'.'. ,..

All respond:

O-ver his head a crown of pre-cious

I

,

II ~

stone.

N 206 I Mar. 18 / 31 - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Edward the Martyr, King, M. IN 206

,T J,,3. I '" * t~ ~ A

...... ......

If' • • J ". f' DI IJ. ••• .' D' ••• • • I • • .' I.

Tone 4 ~ ~ ~ ~ I I ,,~

Psalm 20:

Then the 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 8th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein):

o Lord, in Thy strength the king T shall be glad, '" .

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei: the,Quir;.e. completes the verse." •

and in Thy salvation shall he re- t joice ex-ceErl-ing-IY.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the ver!es thereafter:

The desire of his heart hast Thou grant-ed i un-to hi m, * and hast not denied

*0. him the re- 1 quests of his If ps. .

Thou wentest before him with the bless-ings of T good-ness; '" Thou hast set

upon his head a 1 crown of pre-cious stone. I

He asked life of Thee, and Thou ga-vest him T length of days * unto i- 1 ges of a-ges. "/ Great is his glory in Thy sal- T va-tion; * glory and majesty shalt Thou I lay up-onhlm. I, For Thou shalt give him blessing [or ev-er and T ev-er; * Thou shalt gladden

him in joy t with Thy Coun-ten-ance. »>: /'

For the king ho-peth i in the Lord, * and through the mercy of the Most High shall he t not be sha-ken.

Let Thy Hand be found on ill Thine T en-em-Ies; '" let Thy Right Hand find t all that hate Thee.

For Thou wilt make them as an oven of fire in the time of Thy' Pres-ence; t the Lord in His wrath will trou-ble them T sore-ly: * and fire L shall de-vour them.

Their fruit wilt Thou de-stray T from the Earth, '" and their seed t from the sons of men. For they hav& intended e-vil a- T gainst Thee; '" they have devised counsels

• ~ A

which they shall not be able 1 to es-tab-lish.

For Thou shalt mike them T turn their backs; '" among those that are Thy

remnant, Thou shalt make reid- t y their coun-ten-ance. " I

Be Thou Exalted, () Lord, in T Thv strength; * we will sing and chant t of Thy

might-y acts. "

Glory be to the Fath-er, and i to the Io}I Son, * and t to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and' unto the ages of t a-ges. A-men.

Then, ~1~~~I~~I~~§'~~~~~~'~~I~I~1i~~~I~~~'~I§'~~;=~~~'~~~.~~~~~~~

All repeat: Thou

I , II'

hast

set,

o Lord o-ver his head " a crown of

.#'

pre-cious

stone.


I

,

I

Such a one shall re-ceive.

; 1" ,..

•

,

I,

All respond:

A bless-ing from the Lord, and mer-cy from

I

I, ~.. 6 • III I. .' ·

God His Sa-viour; for this is the gen-er-a-tion

•

,

•

II ~

of them that seek the Lord.


, T 1'_, A*

Tone 7 I (I I I) I I I [I C I I) I I., • 0 I I 0 I I . I I

l' _

A

III •• I

I 0 I • G

~.II~

Psalm 23:

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 9th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

The Earth is the Lord's, and the T f'Iil-ness there-Of, * ~.

Then. only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

the world, and T all that dwell there-in.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two Side; alternating the verses thereafter.'.

.... He hath "founded it up- i on the seas, * and upon the rivers T hath He

pre-par-ed it. / ' .

Who shall ascend into the i Moun-tain Of the Lord, * or who shall T stand in

His Ho-Iy Place? ,I;

He that is innocent in hands and pure in heart, t who hath not re- T celv-ed his 1,' soul in vain, * and hath not sworn deceitful- T Iy to his neigh-bour.

Such a one shall receive a T bless-ing from the Lord, * and mercy from i God His Sa-viour.

This is the generation of T them that seek the Lord, * of them that seek the Face of the i God of Ja-cob.

Lift up your gates, 0 ye prin-ces, t and be ye lifted up, ye T ev-er-Ias-ting

gates, * and the King of T Glor-y shall en-ter in. .

Who is This T King of Glor-y? * The Lord Strong and Mighty, the T Lord, Might-y in war.

Lift up your,rgates, 0 ye prin-ces, t and be ye lifted up, ye i ev-er-las-ting

gates; * and the King of T Glor-y shall en-ter in.

Who is This T King of Glor-y? * The Lord of hosts, He is the i King ofGlor-Y. Glory be to the T Fath-er, and to the It Son, * and l' to the Ho.lly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both T now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of i a-ges. A-men.

I ; 1" ~ 1 " ~
Then, I ; • • • ; • • r\I ~
• •
All repeat: Such a one shall re-ceive a bless-ing from the Lord, and mer-cy from I

•

•

•

II ~

of them that seek the Lord.


. ".

•

I

•

•

1 ij

The righ-teous man shall be glad.

I =

~

•

•

I~

I

•

All respond:

In the Lord, and shall hope in Him; and all

II ~

the up-right in heart shall be prais-ed.


t l' , ~ *

If'} ... f·' I}.... • 8 •

Tone 8 ~., ~ ~ G, ~

,

_ A

•••••••••

.' . . . ,,~

Psalm 63.'

Then the 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of 10th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes brackets therein):

the first verse of the (within the first set. of

"'-

Heark-en, 0 God, unto my prayer, When I make suppli-ca-tion T'un-to Thee; *


rescue my soul from fear t of the en-em-Y.

And ther;-, only the 1st Cantor' s /sid~ el: the Quire chants the entire next verse ,( omitting the intonation notes), the, two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Shelter me from the concourse of them that do I wick-ed-ness * from the

multitude of them that J,_ work un-righ-teous-n~ss. I

I The~ have sh~rpened their tongues like a sword, t they have bent their bow, a jI

I bit-ter thing, * that they may shoot in secret t at the blame-less man. I

Suddenly shall they shoot at him rand I shall not fear; * they have strengthened

them-selves 1 in a wick-ed word. ->

They have spo-ken of I hi-ding snares; * they said: t "Who shall see them?" They have search-ed af'-ter in- I i-quit-y; * in searching they are grown wear- 1 y of search-Ing.

A man shall draw nigh, and the I heart is deep; * and God shall t be Ex-al-ted. As an arrow of in-fants I are their blows, * and their tongues are made

strength- 1 less a-gainst them.

All that s-aw o!1iem were I troubl-ed, * and ev- t 'ry man was a-frafd. "And they de-dar-ed the I works of God, * and His 1 deeds they un-der-stood. The righteous man shall be glad in the Lord, and shall i hope in Him; * and all

the upright in heart t shall be prais-ed. I

Glory be to the Fath-er, and I to the + Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of

J,_ a-ges. A-men.

All repeat.-The righ-teous man shall be glad in the Lord, and shall hope in Him; and all I • l1li

l1li •

l1li •

II ~

the up-right in heart shall be prais-ed.

fi


• I • 1 ~


Bless-ed is.

•

•

•

•

~ .

I

•

I •

All respond:

He whom Thou hast cho-sen, 0 Lord; he

I

!Ii ...,

shall dwell in Thy Courts.

II ~


t r ~* J.~ ~A

Tone 8 I (. • .) ••• (.:. I) •••• i;3' I • • • ••• • •• ••••• II ~

Psalm 64:

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 11th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein}:

To Thee is due praise, 0 God, in T Sy-on: *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse: _

and unto Thee shall a vow be rendered J, in Jer-u-sal-em.

And then, only the -2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the. entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Hearken un-to r my prayer, * for unto l. Thee shall all flesh come.

The words of lawless men have o-ver- r pow-er'd us, * but to our ungodliness

shalt J, Thou be Mer-cl-ffil. /'

Bless-gd i-s he whom Thou hast chosen and hast ta-ken r to Thy-self; * he

.... l. shall dwell in Thv Courts. .

We shall bi filled with j;he good things r Of Thy House; * Holy is Thy Temple,

Won-der- l. fiil in righ-teous-ness. .

Hearken unto us, 0 God Our T Sa-viour; * Thou hope of all the ends of the I

Earth and of them that J, be far Off at sea, ji

Who settest fast the mountains by Thy strength, Who art Girded round a-bout· with r pow-er, * Who troublest the hollow, of the sea; as for the roar of its waves, who

l. shall with-stand them? _ -:

The heathen shall be troubled, / and the dwellers of the farthest regions shall be a-fraid at Thy Asigns; * Thou shalt make the outgoings of the morning and the J, eve-ning to de-light.

Thou hast visited the Earth and a- r bun-dant-lywat-er'd her; '" Thou hast

multiplied the means J, of en-rich-ing her. ,

~ The river of God is filled with wat-ers; t Thou hast pre-par-ed T their

food, '" for thus is the prepar- l. a-tlon there-Of. ~

Do Thou make her furrows drunk with water, mul-tlp- T Iy her fruits; * in her showers will she be glad J, when she sprotit-eth forth.

Thou shalt b!ifss the crown of the year with Thy T good-ness, * and Thy plains

shall be fill- J, ed with fat-ness. ,.

Enrich-ed shall, be the mountains Of the T wil-der-ness, * and the hills shall be

girded l. with re-joic-ing. , '

The rams of the flock have clothed themselves with fleece, 't and the valleys shall a- T bound with wheat; * they shall cry aloud, yea, they shall J, chant hymns un-to Thee,

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the .. Son, * and t to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As, it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and' unto the ages of J, a-ges. A-men.

Then, n • • • • :I • I
:I • • :I • •
All repeat: Bless-ed is he whom Thou hast cho-sen, 0 Lord; he
;
I :I !Ii " ij
,.. • ., shall dwell in Thy Courts.


I

• •

•

• :I :I ~

•

The righ-teous man like a palm tree.

I

...... I·

I

•

:I

•

• ij

All respond:

Shall flour-ish, and like· a ce-dar in

I .

•

,.. .

• • II'

•

•

•

I

Leb-an-on shall he be mul-tip-li-ed.


, T 1', A*

Tone 8 I [I I I] .. I [I DI '] .. 1 I I 0 I

I I I II. I I I

J..,g. ~ A

I I I I I II ~

Psalm 91:

Then the 2nd Can-tor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 12th Psalm, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

It is good to give praise un- l' to the Lord, *

Then, only the 2nd Cantor's side Q[_ the ,Quire, completes the verse.':'> •

and to chant un- 1 to Thy Name, 6 Most

High,

And then, only the 1st Cantor's /side Q[_ the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the -intonation notes), the tWQ sides alternating the verses thereafter.'

, To proclaim in the morn-ing Thy r mer-cy * 1 and Thy Truth by night, On a psalter-y of l' ten sirings '" with an 1 ode up-on the harp.

For Thou ~ast gladdened me, 0 Lord, T by Thy deeds; * and in the works of (

Thy 1 Hands will I rejoice. /,1

How great are Thy T works, 0 Lord; * ex-ceed- 1 ing deep are Thy thoughts. /

A mindless man shall not T know it,'* nor shall a stupid man 1 un-der-stand it.

- /" I

When the sin-ners spring i up-like grass, * and all that work iniquity look

I lof-til-y down,

It is that they may be utterly destroyed unto a-ges of i a-ges, * but THOU ART Most High for 1 ev-er, 6 Lord.

For 10, Thine enemies, 0 Lord, t for 10, Thine enem-ies shall i per-ish; * and scattered shall be all they that 1 work in-i-quit-y.

And lifted high as that of a uni-corn shall l' be my horn, * and mine old age shall be strength- 1 en'd with rich oil.

And mine ey~S/hath looked up-on ,mine i en-em-ies, * and mine ear shall hear

concerning the wicked that rise 1 up a-gainst me. .

The righteous man shall flourish like a i palm tree, * and like a cedar in

Lebanon shall 1 he be mul-tlp-l] ed. ,

They that are planted in the House l' Of the Lord, * in the Courts of Our God 1 they shall blos-som forth.

They shall still in-crease in a l' ripe old age, '" and happy shall they 1 be to pro-claim:

"That upright is the l' Lord Our God, * and there is no un-rjgh- 1 teo us-ness in

Him/' '

Glory be to the Fath-er, and l' to the + Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and l' ev-er, * and unto the ages of

, A ,

1 a-ges. A-men.

~I~~~~~~~~~~~~=~~~~~~~I~~~I~~~~~

Then, = I I I I I I l1li I . _. I I

All repeat:

F

I I I

The righ-teous man like a palm tree shall flour-ish, and like a ce-dar in I I !!i I I I II~

I

Leb-an-on shall he be mul-tip-li-ed.

The Versicle

y. With glory and honour hast Thou crowned him.

~. And Thou hast set him over the works of Thy Hands.


N 2111 Mar. 18 I 31 - Night Vigils (Matins) of St. Edward the Martyr, King, M. 1 N 211 The Third Nocturn

The Canticles

Three Canticles are then chanted for the Third Nocturn as follows.

I ~ I I

Then the 1st Cantor alone • • P'Ii!ll. _


I

This man de-spi-sing.

" , .

I I

• •

,

,

,

, 1

respond:

The world, and tri-um-phing o-ver earth-ly

,

,

, ,

,

II

,

, II I

..

.... things, hath laid up treas-ures In Heav-en by word and deed.

Tone 8 I [0 0 oJ III [0:0 t'j''' 0 'i , ~ i 0 0 0 III 0 0 0 ' ! 0

~ - ...

, . ,Iii

(,

jI

I

Canticle of the Wisdom of Jesus Ben Sirach I [Ecclus, 14: 22; 15: 3,4,6):

The 1st Cantor alone chants the first juiU of the first verse of the 1st Canticle, using this Tone, including the intonation-notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Bless-ed is the man that doth meditate good things in Wis-dom t and that reasoneth of holy things by his un-der- T stand-ing, *


(and in his mind shall think of the

all- 1 See-ing Eye of God.) And then, only the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

With the 'bread of un-der-stand-ing shall He T feed him, :I< and give him the " water of 1 Wis-dom to drink.

He shall be stayed upon Him, and shall not be mov-ed;' t and shall rely upon Him, and shall not be con- T found-ed; :I< He shall exalt him a- 1 bove' his neigh-bours.

And He shall cause him to inherit an ev-er- T last-ing name: * 1 (the Lord Our

God.)

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the + Son, :I< and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost. As it was in the beginning, both now and i ev-er, :I< and unto the ages of 1 a- ges. A-men.

Canticle of Jeremias Uer . 17: 7 - 8):

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the [irst verse of the Znd Canticle, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Bless-ed is the man that trust-eth l' in the Lord, :;.

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side d the Quire completes the verse: and whose 1 hope the Lord is.


For he shall be as a tree planted by the wa-ters, t that spreadeth out her roots by the i riv-er; * and shall not fear 1 when heat com-eth.

But His leaf shall be green; t and shall not be careful in the T year of

drought; :I< neither shall 1 cease from yield-ing fruit. .

Glory be to the Fath-er, and T to the III Son, * and 1 to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, :;. and unto the ages of 1 a-ges. A-men.


Canticle of Wisdom of Jesus Ben Sirach II [Ecclus . 31: 8 - 11):

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Canticle, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set

of brackets therein): ...

Bless-ed is the man that is found without blem-Ish, t and "hath not gone T af'-ter gold, *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei.tbs. Quire completes the verse:

• (nor put his trust in money' ~ nor in

, / A )

treas-ures.

/


(omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter: .It

Who is he and we will call him r bless-ed? * for won-der-ful things hath he ~"

done a- ~ mong his pea-pie. /'

Who hath been tried there-by ana found i per-feet? * then ~ let him glar-Y.

Who might offend, and hath not of- T fend-ed? * or done evil, and ~ hath not done it?

His good shall be es- T tab-lish-ed, * and all the Church of the Saints L shall de-clare his alms.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and r to the + Son, * and ~ to the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and T ev-er, * and unto the ages of

- "-

L a-ges. A-men: ~

I ~ I I • I I • ~ • ~
Then • ~ ~ •
I !III _. I
All repeat: This man de-spi-sing the world, and tri-um-phing o-ver earth-Iy
I • I • • n~ .• • II :
• • !III
I I' I things, hath laid up treas-ures in Heav-en by word and deed.

The Versicle

y. Thou hast set upon his head. ~. A crown of precious stone.

All Lessons and Responsories f or the Night V igils shall be found in the Lectionary,

The Collect

Be Favourable, 0 Lord, unto our supplications, that we whose consciences by sin are accused, may through the intercession of Thy blessed King and martyr Edward be delivered. Through Our Lord Jesus Christ, Thy Son, Who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the Unity of the Holy Ghost, God, through all the ages of ages.~. Amen.

N 2131Mar. 18 I 31- Morning Solemnity (Lauds) of St. Edward the Martyr, King, M.I N 213 MORNING SOLEMNITY (Lauds)

After Psalm 66 has been completed, the Psalms are chanted as follows:


• I •

"


Who-s9-:-e~-e~ shall con-f'css'rMe.

... .

,

All respond:

/' Be-fore men, him will I too con-fess be-fore

... I§".~.~. "Ell ij

My Fath-er.

t ..l-~~* .J,~

Tone 1 l~f~.~'~··f)~·~·~·~f~.~:~.~'J~ •• ~·~·~~'~·~f~·~·~·~·'~·~·~·~·~~'~.~;~~~~I

=~ ~ ~ ~. 0 'ij

Psalm 92.'

I

'/

~'

j,


The Lord is King, He is Cloth-ed with maj- 1 es-ty: *

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side Q.[_ the Quire completes the verse:

the Lord is Cloth-ed with strength and

1 He hath girt Him-self.

And then, ~ the 2nd Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire n;xt verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the v er s e s .

thereafter: ,

For He es-tab-lish-ed 1 the world * which shall 1 not be sha-ken.

Thy Throne is pre-par-ed 1 of old; * Thou art from 1 ev-er-Jas-t] ng. T~e rivers have lifted up, 1 0 Lord; * the rivers have lifted 1 Iip

their voi-ces.

The rivers will lift up 1 their waves * at the voices of 1 man-y wat-ers.

Wonderful are the siirg-ings of 1 the sea; * wonderful 1 on High is the Lord.

Thy testimonies are made ver- 1 y sure; * holiness becometh Thy House, 0 Lord, 1 un-to )(mgth of days.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and to 1 the .... Son, * and 1 to the Hu-Iy Ghost.


All repeat: Who-so-ev-er shall con-fess Me be-fore men, him will I too con-fess be-fore

I

".. ,Iii

My Fath-er.

N 214 IMar. 18 J 31 - Morning Solemnity (Lauds) of St. Edward the Martyr, King, M.I N 214

I ~ • ; fiji. • Ii

The 2nd Cantor alone

begins chanting the 2nd Antiphon:

"He that fol-low-eth Me.

•

•

I •

II

•

All respond.

"Shall not walk in dark-ness; but shall have

I

I •

•

•

I

IS

•

II

the Light of Life," saith the Lord.

, t 1'_ ~:..*

Tone 3 I [. • .) II. (. El • I] • II. • 0 • 13. • I

/

.j, v ,

A

••• II ••••

• • 0 • II,

Psalm 99: ~ "'"

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 2nd Psalm, using the same Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

. I

Shout with ju-bilation i un-to God, all the Earth; ;;< '/

I,

Then, only the 2~d Cantor's side ei. the Quire completes the verse:

»> -serve the Lord 1 with glad-ness.

And then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

Corne be- i fore His Pres-ence * with 1 re- joi-dng.

Know ye that the i Lord Him-self is Our God. * It is He That hath made us, and 1 not we our-selves.

We are His people and the sheep of His pas-ture; t enter into His T gates with

thanks-gjv-jng.> intO' His Courts with hymns; give 1 thanks un-to Him. '.

Praise His Name, for the Lord is Good; t His mercy en- i dur-eth for

ev-er, * and His truth unto generation and gen- 1 er-a-tiop. I

Glory be to the i Fath-er, and to the It Son, * and to 1 the Ho-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both i now and ev-er, * and unto the ages of a- 1 ges. A-men.

Then,

•

•

•

•

I

•

I •

•

All repeat:

I • •

"He that fol-Iow-eth Me shall not walk in dark-ness; but shall have

•

•

I

IS • II

the Light of Life," saith the Lord.

Then the 1st Cantor alone begins chanting the 3rd Antiphon:

• •

I I I

If an-y man serve Me.

I

I

I

,.. I

All respond:

Let him fol-low Me; and where I AM, there

I II

shall ai-so My ser-vant be.

N 215 IMar. 18 I 31- Morning Solemnity (Lauds) of St. Edward the Martyr, King, M.I N 215

_ T .J,~~:I<

Tone 1 I (. • .) • II f. D • I) II.. .' I

•••••••••

• •

= D

Psalm 62:

Then the 1st Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the 3rd Psalm, using this same Tone, including the intonation notes {within the first set of brackets therein}.'

o God, t My Goa, :I< ...

Then, only the 1st Cantor's side ei. the Quire' completes the verse:

unto Thee I rise L ear-ly at dawn.

And then, only the 2nd Cantor's> side ei: the Quire chants the entire next verse ,.. {omitting the" intonation notes}, the two sides alternating the verses thereafter:

My soul hath thjrs-ted.L for Thee, :I< how often hath my flesh t long-ed af-ter

, " . I

In a land barren and untrodden and unwat-er-ed, t so in the Sanctuary have 1;/

. I

ap-pear-ed be- t fore Thee :I< to see Thy power t and Thy Glor-Y. I

For Thy mercy is bet-ter t than Itv-e~; :I< my t lIps shall praise Thee.

So shall I bless Thee in t my Iii;, :I< and in Thy Name will I t lift up my hands. As with marrow and fatness let my soiil be t fill-ed, 01< and with lips of rejoicing

shall t my mouth praise Thee.

If I remembered Thee on my bed, t at the dawn I medi-ta-ted t on Thee; 01< for Thou art be- t come My Help-er.

In the shelter of Thy Wings will Ire-joice; t my soul hath cleav'd t af'-ter Thee; :I< Thy Right Hand hath been t quick to help me.

- ~

But as for tliese, in vain have they sought after my soul; t they shall go into the,

nether-most parts t Of the Eartht " they shall be surrend~red unto the edge of the

sword; portions for t fox-es shall they bil. ,

But the king shall be glad in God; t everyone shall be praised that swear-eth t by Him; :I< for the mouth of them is stop-ped t that speak un-just things.

Glory be to the Fath-er, and t t6 the + Son, :I< and t to the Hb-ly Ghost.

As it was in the beginning, both now and t ev-er, :I< and unto the ages of J.. a-ges. A-men.

Then All repeat:

b

•

I

~

11l1li

•

•

I

,.. .

, ,..

If an-y man serve Me, let him fol-low Me; and where I AM, there

=' r, • II ij

shall al-so My ser-vant be.


•

I

•

"If an-y man serve Me.

• --- lIii

,I ~.' I'i

•

All respond'

I I'i,.. /'i. I

in Heav-en," saith the Lord.

II ij

N 216 IMar. 18 I 31 - Morning Solemnity (Lauds) of St. Edward the Martyr, King, M.I N 216

, + .,I..

Tone 1 I (. • .] ••• (. 0 • I]... .

A

•••••••••

'. ;

o • II ij

The Benedicite (paraphrase of Daniel 3: 57 - 88, 56):

The 2nd Cantor alone chants the first half of the first verse of the lst Canticle, using this Tone, including the intonation notes (within the first set of brackets therein):

Bless the Lord, all ye works Of 1 the Lord, *

Then, only the 2nd C~ntor' s side ei. tlie,Quire completes the verse+ •

o praise . ye ! the Lord and supremely exalt Him iin- J, to the a -ges,

And then, only the 1st Cantor's ~side ei. the Quire chants the entire next verse (omitting the intonation notes), the tWQ sides alternating the verses thereafter,'

, Bless the Lord, ye Ang-elsOf J, the Lord; * bless the 1 Lord, ye Heav-ens;

Bless the Lord, all ye "Waters a-bove the J, Heav-ens; * bless the Lord, ye

1 pow-ers Of the Lord; , '

Bless the Lord, 0 Sun 1 and Moon; * bless the Lord, ye 1 stars of Heav-em. Bless the Lord', ev-'ry rain 1 and dew; * bless the Lord, J, all ye winds of God; Bless the Lord, fire and heat of Lbtirn-Ing; * bless the Lord, winter 1 cold and.

sum-mer heat; »>

Bless the Lord, 0 falls of dew 1 and snow; * bless the 1 Lord, 0 ice and cold; Bless the Lord, 0 hoar frosts J, and snows; * bless the 1 Lord, 0 nights and

i 'i

~!

days;

Bless the Lord, 0 Light and l dark-ness; * bless the Lord, 0 1 light-nings and clouds;

Let the Earth bless J, the Lord; * let it praise the Lord and supremely exalt Him un- J, to the a -ges, ~"'" Bless the' Lord, 0 moun-tains J, and hIlls; * bless the Lord, all ye things that- 1 spring up on the Earth;

Bless the Lord, 0 J, foun-tains; * bless the Lord, 0) seas and ,iv-ers;

Bless the Lord, 0 monsters of the seas, and all ye things that move in the 1 wat-ers; * bless the Lord, all ye wing-ed 1 crea-tures Of the sky;

Bless the Lord, 0 beasts and 1 cat-tie; * bless the 1 Lord, ye sons of men;

Let is-ra-el bless 1 the Lord; * let it praise the Lord and supremely exalt Him iin- 1 to the a-ges.

Bless the Lord, ye Priests Of 1 the Lord; * bless the Lord, ye 1 ser-vants Of the

Lord;

Bless the Lord, ye spirits and ye souls of the 1 ~jgh-teoo.s; * bless the Lord, ye Saints and ye that be 1 hum-ble Of heart;

Bless the Lord, 0 Ananias, Azar-I-as, and Mis- 1 a-eli * 0 praise ye the Lord and supremely exalt Him iin- 1 to the a-ges.

Let us bless the Father and the + Son with the Ho- 1 Iy Ghost; * let us praise the Lord and supremely exalt Him iin- 1 to the a-ges.

Bless-ed art Thou, 0 Lord, in the firmament Of the 1 Heav-en; * Thou Who art Prais-ed and Glorifi-ed and supremely Exalted un- 1 to the a-ges.

Then,

... • !Ii ;:II-

• ; it .' -.' -all !Ii

•

• ,.. III ". • • II ij

in Heav-en," salth the Lord.

l

Part II March Sanctoral Vol XVI

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Part II March Sanctoral Vol XVI

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

N 1171

Mar. 12 / 25 - First Vespers of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D.

You might also like

Part II March Sanctoral Vol XVI

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Part II March Sanctoral Vol XVI

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

﻿N 1171

Mar. 12 / 25 - First Vespers of St. Gregory the Great, B.C.D.

You might also like

N 1171